TREES AND SHRUBS TREES AND SHRUBS V.l ILLUSTRATIONS OF NEW OR LITTLE KNOWN LIGNEOUS PLANTS PREPARED CHIEFLY FROM MATERIAL AT THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM OF HARVARD UNIVERSITY AND EDITED BY / CHARLES SPRAGUE SARGENT VOLUME II £| BOSTON AND NEW YORK HOUGHTON MIFFLIN COMPANY ©fce Htbersfoe press?, CambriDge 1913 'XXV., issued September, 1907. VI. CL., issued May, 1908. -XXV.. I.-CC, 1911. st, 1913. TABLE OF OOK rENTS. TTLMrs J A I mnuonuiAtm Viburnum fur. \m m . . i Mm m ■ TREES AND SHRUBS ILLUSTRATIO NEW OE LITTLE KNOWN LIGNEOUS PLANTS PREPABED CHIEFLY FROM MATERIAL AT THE ARNOLD ARBORETUM OF HARVARD UTSTIYERSITY CHARLES SPRAGUE SARGENT VOL. II, PART I TI 1ND i iS ILLUSTRATIONS OF NEW OE LITTLE KNOWN LIGNEOUS PLANTS THIS work consists of a series of plates, accompanied by brief descriptions, of new or little known trees and shrubs. It is edited by Professor C. S. Sargent, the author of The Silva of North America and the Director of the Arnold Arboretum of Harvard Uni- versity, with the assistance of a number of specialists ; and the plates are reproductions of original drawings made by Mr. C. E. Faxon, the most skillful and experienced botanical draftsman in America, whose work is familiar to the readers of Professor Sar- gent's Silva and of Garden and Forest. The material which serves as a basis for the work has been derived largely from the living col- lections and herbarium of the Arnold Arboretum. It will not be confined wholly to North American plants, but will include also the woody plants of other regions, especially those of the northern hemisphere which may be expected to flourish in the gardens of the United States and Europe, and those of special commercial or eco- nomic interest and value. This publication does not duplicate in any way The Silva of North America, but is supplementary to that publi- cation, as from time to time it will contain descriptions and figures of trees newly discovered in North America. The work will be published in parts at irregular intervals. Each part will contain twenty-five plates, and a volume will consist of four parts. The parts will be sold separately, at $5.00 net, carriage paid. A title-page and an index for each volume will be furnished with the fourth part. A prospectus containing specimen pages of Part I, and two of the plates, will be submitted upon request. Address HOUGHTON, MIFFLIN AND COMPANY 4 Pa ston TREES AND SHRUBS. ULMUS JAPONICA, Sabg. Ulmus Japonica, n. sp. Ulmtts campestris, var. Japonica, Render, Bailey Cycl. Am. J fort. iv. 1882 (1902). Ulmus campestris, var. lawis, Fr. Schmidt, Mdn. Avail Sci. St. Ptterabourg, ser. 7, xii. 174, (Fl. Sachalin.) at least in part (not Walpers) (1868). Leaves oblong-obovate, abruptly long-pointed at the apex, cuneate on one side and rounded on the other side of the gradually narrowed very unsymmetrical base, coarsely often doubly serrate, with straight or incurved teeth, thick to subcoriaceous, dark green, scabrate or nearly smooth, and slightly pubescent on the midribs and veins above, covered below with short pubescence most abundant on the stout midribs and numerous slender primary veins, from 8 to 12 centimetres lon^ and from 3.5 to 7 centimetres wide ; petioles stout, densely pubescent, from 7 to 10 millimetres in length. Flowers nearly sessile, light red ; calyx-lobes only slightly ciliate ; stamens four ; anthers suborbicular. Fruit narrowly oblong-obovate, cuneate at the slender base, glabrous on the margins. A tree, from 20 to 2G metres high, with a trunk often from 1 to 1.3 metres in diameter, a wide head of gracefully pendent branches, and slender slightly zigzag branchlets, pale yellow-green during their first season, becoming deeper colored, slightly tinged with red, and pubescent or glabrous in their second season, later sometimes developing narrow corky wings. Winter-lmds obtusely conical, from 4 to 5 millimetres long, covered with dark red pubescent scales. Japan: Hokkaido, near Hakodate at the foot of Mt. Koma-ga-take, Mit.nmt»nvz. 18(il (in Herb. Gray) ; near Hakodate, Albrecht, 1861-63 (in Herb. Gray, fruit) ; Sapporo, K. Miyabe, May 1884 (flowers and young fruit), C. S. Sargent, September 18, 1892, J. G. Jar/:, August 19, 1905; Shiravi, J. G. Jack, August 24, 1905 ; Hondo, Chuzengi, J. G. Jack, August 13 and October 26, 1905 ; Saghalin, Fr. Schmidt (in Herb. Gray). Ulmus Japonica in habit, foliage, and in its pubescence, resembles the eastern American Ulmus Americana, Linnjeus. In its flowers and fruits and in its tendency to develop corky wings on the branches it is more like the European Ulmus campestris, Linnaeus, although in the European species the anthers are oblong and the fruits are broadly cuneate or sometimes suborbicular. In the peculiar light yellow color of the branchlets in their first season it differs from both the American and the European species. Rare and found only at high elevations in Hondo, Ulmus Japonica is often a prominent feature of the vegetation in Hokkaido, where it is one of the common trees, growing on the river plains nearly at the sea-level and in the forests which cover the hills of the interior. 1 Ulmus Japonica was raised at the Arnold Arboretum in 1905 from seed sent from Sapporo by Professor Miyabe. It has grown rapidly, producing flowers in the spring of 1907, and is perfectly hardy in eastern Massachusetts, where it promises to become an ornamental tree of the first class. 1 Sargent, Garden and Forest, vi. 323, f. 50; Forest Fl. Jap. 57, pi. 18. EXPLANATION OF THE PLATE. Plate CI. Ulmus Japonica. 1. A flowering branch, natural size. 2. A flower, enlarged. 3. A fruiting branch, natural size. 4. A fruit, enlarged. 5. End of a vigorous shoot, natural size. 6. A winter branchlet, natural size. C. E. Faxon del. ULMTJS JAPONIC TREES AND SHRUBS. CRATAEGUS INC^DUA, Sajsg. (Punctatae.) Crataegus inc^edua, n. sj). Leaves oblong-obovate to oval, acuminate or occasionally rounded at the apex, gradually nar- rowed to the long concave-cuneate entire base, and coarsely doubly serrate above, with straight or incurved glandular teeth ; strigose above when they unfold and covered below with soft white hairs most abundant on the midribs and veins, more than half grown when the flowers open, and then thin, yellow-green, smooth, lustrous, and almost glabrous on the upper surface, and at maturity thin but firm in texture, dark yellow-green and very lustrous above, pale and villose below along the midribs and obscure primary veins, from 5 to 6 centimetres long and from 3 to 3.5 centimetres wide ; petioles slender, narrowly wing-margined often nearly to the base, at first densely villose, becoming glabrous iu the autumn, from 8 to 10 millimetres in length ; leaves on vigorous shoots thicker, very coarsely serrate, not lobed, from 7 to 8 centimetres long and from 6 to 7 centimetres wide, with stout broad-winged petioles and narrow acuminate falcate glandular stipules. Flowers from 1.4 to 1.5 centimetres in diameter, on long slender pedicels, in wide lax mostly from fifteen to twenty-flowered hairy corymbs, with narrow-lanceolate to linear acuminate glandular bracts and bractlets fading brown and often persistent until the flowers open, the lower peduncle from the axil of an upper leaf ; calyx-tube narrowly obconic, thickly coated like the pedicels with long glistening white hairs, the lobes long, slender, acuminate, nearly glabrous on the outer surface, villose on the inner surface, reflexed after anthesis ; stamens from ten to fifteen ; anthers large, pale yellow j styles two or three, surrounded at the base by a narrow ring of pale hairs. Fruit on long slender stems, in wide many-fruited drooping clusters, short-oblong, full and rounded at the ends, yellowish red marked by large pale dots, from 9 to 10 millimetres in diame- ter ; calyx little enlarged, with a deep narrow cavity, and spreading and often reflexed usually persistent lobes villose on the upper surface ; flesh thin, dry, and hard ; nutlets usually two, rounded and obtuse at the ends, rounded and slightly grooved or ridged on the back, with a low grooved ridge, from 6 to 7 millimetres long and from 4 to 4.5 millimetres wide. A tree, from 5 to 7 metres high, with a tall trunk from 1 to 1.5 decimetres in diameter, and stout slightly zigzag branchlets covered when they first appear with matted white hairs, becoming verrucose, light chestnut-brown, rather lustrous and marked by large pale lenticels in their first season and light gray-brown the following year, and armed with numerous slender nearly straight bright chestnut-brown shining spines from 4 to 7 centimetres long. Flowers appear from the 10th to the middle of May. Fruit ripens early in October. Borders of small streams in dry gravelly soil, near Monteer, Shannon County, Missouri, B. F. Bush, May 16, 1901 (Nos. 501 and 510), May 13 and October 5, 1905 (No. 9 B type), also May and October, 1905 (Nos. 9, 9 A, 9 D, 9 E, 9 F, 9 H, 9 1, 9 K, 9 L). Of the species of Punctatae previously described only Crataegus Lettermani, Sargent, has ten stamens with yellow anthers, and that central Missouri species differs from Crataegus inccedua in its more obovate often deeply lobed scabrate leaves hoary-tomentose below while young, in its fewer-flowered more compact corymbs, and in its ovate or subglobose fruits on short pubescent peduncles. c. s. s. EXPLANATION OF THE PLATE. Plate CII. Crat2egus incjedua. 1. A flowering branch, natural size. 2. Vertical section of a flower, enlarged. 3. A calyx-lobe, inner face, enlarged. 4. A fruiting branch, natural size. 5. Vertical section of a fruit showing the nutlets, enlarged. 6. Cross section of a fruit, enlarged. 7. A nutlet, ventral view, enlarged. 8. A nutlet, dorsal view, enlarged. TREES AND SHRUBS. CRATAEGUS LTTDOVICIENSIS, Sarg. (Virides.) Crat^gus Ludoviciensis, n. sp. Glabrous with the exception of a few caducous hairs on the upper surface of the midribs of the young leaves and petioles, and on the very young branchlets. Leaves obovate, rounded and short-pointed or acute at the apex, gradually narrowed and concave-cuneate at the entire base, finely, often doubly serrate above, with straight or incurved glandular teeth, and rarely slightly lobed above the middle ; more than half grown when the flowers open and then very thin, light yellow-green, nearly glabrous and very smooth above and pale bluish green below, and at maturity thin, yellow-green and lustrous on the upper surface, pale on the lower surface, from 5 to 8 centimetres long and from 3.5 to 6 centimetres wide, with thin yellow midribs and primary veins ; petioles slender, wing-margined at the apex, occasionally glandular early in the season, from 1.5 to 1.8 centimetres in length. Flowers from 1.5 to 1.6 centimetres in diameter, on long slender pedicels, in wide lax mostly ten to fifteen-flowered corymbs, the lower peduncles from the axils of upper leaves ; calyx-tube narrowly obconic, the lobes long, very slender, acuminate, entire or occasionally minutely dentate near the middle, reflexed after anthesis ; stamens fifteen ; anthers yellow ; styles three or four, usually four. Fruit on long slender stems, in wide many-fruited spreading clusters, short-oblong, full and rounded at the ends, crimson, pruinose, from 1 to 1.2 centimetres in length and from 9 to 10 millimetres in diameter ; calyx little enlarged, with a deep narrow cavity, and spreading often incurved persistent lobes ; flesh thin, yellow, dry, and mealy ; nutlets usually four, slightly narrowed and rounded at the ends, ridged on the back, with a high grooved ridge, from 6 to 6.5 millimetres long and about 4 millimetres wide. A tree, from 7 to 8 metres high, with a trunk sometimes 1 decimetre in diameter, covered with dark scaly bark, small spreading branches forming an open head, and slender nearly straight branchlets dark orange color and marked by pale lenticels when they first appear, becoming light chestnut-brown and lustrous in their first season and dull reddish brown the following year, and unarmed or furnished with occasional slender straight purplish shining spines 2.5 to 4 centimetres long. Flowers appear during the first week of May. Fruit ripens late in September or in October, often remaining on the branches until the middle of November. The leaves turn bright orange color late in the autumn before falling. Bottom-lands of the Desperes River, Carondelet, South St. Louis, Missouri, J. H. Kellogg, May 6, September 23, and November 19, 1902, May 7, 1903, May 3, 1905 (No. 7 type). This is one of the large-fruited Virides species of which Crataegus nitida, Sargent, of the same region may be considered the type. Of the described species of this small group it is most nearly related to Crataegus mitis, Sargent, of the bottom-lands of the Mississippi River in Illinois below East St Louis. It differs from that species in its much thinner leaves, which are never rhombic, in its much more slender and usually entire calyx-lobes, fewer stamens, and smaller fruits. EXPLANATION OF THE PLATE. Plate CIII. Crataegus Ludoviciensis. 1. A flowering branch, natural size. 2. Vertical section of a flower, enlarged. 3. A calyx-lobe, inner face, enlarged. 4. A fruiting branch, natural size. 5. Cross section of a fruit, enlarged. 6. Vertical section of a fruit showing the nutlets, 7. A nutlet, dorsal view, enlarged. 8. A nutlet, ventral view, enlarged. TREES AND SHRUBS. CRATAEGUS RTTBICUNDTTLA, Sabg. Crataegus rttbicundula, n. sp. Glabrous with the exception of a few hairs on the upper surface of the young leaves. Leaves broadly ovate, acuminate, rounded, truncate, subcordate or abruptly cuneate at the entire base, coarsely doubly serrate above, with straight glandular teeth, and divided into four or five pairs of broad acuminate lateral lobes ; slightly tinged with red when they unfold, not more than one third grown when the flowers open and then membranaceous, yellow-green, and nearly glabrous, and at maturity very thin, dark blue-green and smooth on the upper surface, pale on the lower surface, from 6 to 8 centimetres long and usually as broad or broader than long ; petioles slender, slightly wing-margined and glandular at the apex, from 3.5 to 6 centimetres in length ; stipules linear, glandular-serrate, fading brown, often persistent until the flowers open. Flowers from 2 to 2.5 centimetres in diameter, on slender pedicels, in compact two to seven usually four or five-flowered corymbs, with narrow obovate to linear glandular bracts and bractlets, the lowest peduncle from the axil of an upper leaf ; calyx-tube broadly obconic, the lobes gradually narrowed from wide bases, short, acuminate, minutely glandular-dentate, reflexed after anthesis; stamens twenty; anthers pink; styles five, surrounded at the base by a narrow ring of long white hairs. Fruit on long pendulous stems, in two or three-fruited clusters, subglobose but usually rather broader than high, green, pruinose, finally becoming tinged with red, marked by large pale dots, from 1.3 to 1.4 centimetres in diameter ; calyx without a tube, with a deep wide cavity, and spreading and appressed often deciduous lobes; flesh thick, yellow-green, dry, and mealy; nutlets five, thin, narrowed and acute at the ends, slightly ridged or rounded and grooved on the back, from 6.5 to 7 millimetres long and from 4.5 to 5 millimetres wide. A shrub, from 2 to 3 metres high, with small stems spreading into thickets, and slender nearly straight branchlets light red-brown when they first appear, becoming chestnut-brown and lustrous in their first season and dull red-brown the following year, and armed with very numerous slender straight or slightly curved purple shining spines from 3 to 6 centimetres long. Flowers appear during the first week of May. Fruit ripens the end of October. Bottom-lands of the Desperes River in oak woods at Carondelet, South St. Louis, Missouri, II Eggert, October 12, 1886, J. H. Kellogg, November 19, 1902, May 7, 1903 (No. 9 type). This shrubby species is well distinguished by its very broad large leaves, and by its large fruit broader than high and larger than that of any of the described species of this group. EXPLANATION OF THE PLATE. Plate CIV. Crat^gus rubicundula. 1. A flowering branch, natural size. 2. Vertical section of a flower, enlarged. 3. A calyx-lobe, inner surface, enlarged. 4. A fruiting branch, natural size. 5. Cross section of a fruit, enlarged. 6. Vertical section of a fruit showing the nutlets. 7. A nutlet, ventral view, enlarged. 8. A nutlet, dorsal view, enlarged. TREES AND SHRUBS. OEAT^GUS JSTEO-BUSHII, Saeg. (Iutricatse.) Crat^gus Neo-Bushii, n. sp. Glabrous with the exception of a few hairs on the upper surface of the young leaves and petioles. Leaves ovate to rhombic, acuminate, concave-cuneate and gradually narrowed to the glandular base, sharply doubly serrate above, with straight or incurved glandular teeth, and slightly divided usually only above the middle into three or four pairs of broad acuminate lobes; when they unfold tinged with red and furnished with a few soft caducous white hairs on the upper side of the midribs and veins; more than half grown when the flowers open and then very thin, light yellow-green, and nearly glabrous, and at maturity thin, dark yellow-green, smooth and rather lustrous on the upper surface, pale on the lower surface, from 5.6 to 7 centimetres long and from 4.5 to 5 centimetres wide, with thin yellow midribs and primary veins; petioles slender, wing- margmed at the apex, soon glabrous, glandular, with minute persistent glands, often rose-colored toward the base in the autumn, from 1.5 to 2.5 centimetres in length; leaves on vigorous shoots broadly ovate, usually cordate or occasionally truncate at the base, coarsely serrate, deeply and occasionally almost three-lobed by narrow sinuses reaching nearly to the midribs, often from 7 to 8 centimetres long and from 6 to 7 centimetres wide, with broad-winged petioles and foliaceous lunate coarsely serrate deciduous stipules. Flowers from 1.7 to 1.8 centimetres in diameter, on long slender pedicels, in wide usually four or five-flowered corymbs, with obovate to linear glandular-hispi J bracts and bractlets fading rose color and often persistent until after the flowers open, the lowest peduncle from the axil of an upper leaf ; calyx-tube narrowly obconic, the lobes broad, ab;urJ% narrowed and long-pointed at the entire apex, laciniately glandular-serrate below the middle", reflexed after anthesis ; stamens ten ; anthers rose color ; styles two or three, surrounded it the base by a ring of yellow hairs. Fruit on long erect stems, in wide mostly two or three- fruited clusters, short-oblong to subglobose, orange-red, marked by numerous dark dots, from 1 to 1.2 centimetres in diameter; calyx prominent, with a deep wide cavity, and spreading coarsely serrate persistent lobes; flesh thin, yellow-green, hard, and dry; nutlets two or three, obtuse, or when three narrowed at the rounded ends, ridged on the back, with a broad deeply grooved ridge, from 7 to 8 millimetres long and from 4 to 4.5 millimetres wide. A shrub, from 1.5 to 2 metres high, with slender nearly straight branchlets, dark orange-red and marked by pale lenticels when they first appear, becoming chestnut-brown or purple and lustrous m their first season and dull reddish brown the following year, and unarmed or armed, with occasional short slender spines. Flowers appear from the 10th to the 15th of May. Fruit ripens the middle of October. Dry gravelly soil near Monteer, Shannon County, Missouri, B. F. Bush, May 25, 1900 (No. 386), May 15 and October 2, 1905 (No. 10 A and 10 B type), May 14 and October 6, 1905 (No. 10), also October, 1905 (Nos. 10 D and 10 E). This plant is named for its discoverer, Mr. B. F. Bush, and is interesting as the only species of the Intricate group that has been found west of the Mississippi River. This very natural group is composed of a number of small shrubs chiefly confined to the northern states, where they occur from southern Michigan to Massachusetts, and southward to eastern Pennsylvania, and along the Alleghany Mountains to northern Georgia and Alabama, where a few species are 10 TREES AND SHRUBS. Cratcegus Neo-Bushii most resembles Crataegus rubella, Beadle, a small shrub of the elevated region of northern Alabama, eastern Tennessee, and western North Carolina, but differs from it in its subglobose, not obovate, fruits on much longer pedicels, and in its less sharply toothed leaves. C S. S. EXPLANATION OF THE PLATE. Plate CV. Crataegus 1. A flowering branch, natural size. 2. Vertical section of a flower, enlarged. 3. A calyx-lobe, upper surface, enlarged. 4. A fruiting branch, natural size. 5. Cross section of a fruit, enlarged. 6. A nutlet, ventral view, enlarged. 7. A nutlet, dorsal view, enlarged. 8. End of a vigorous shoot, natural size. € TREES AND SHRUBS. CEAT^GTTS TRIANTHOPHOEA, Sabg. (Uniflorse.) US TRIANTHOPHORA, U. Sp. /es oblong-obovate, rounded or acute at the apex, gradually narrowed to the cuneate base, jarsely serrate above the middle, with spreading or slightly incurved glandular teeth ; more half grown when the flowers open and then thin, yellow-green, very lustrous and coated : with short soft white hairs, and paler and villose below, especially on the midribs and veins, at maturity thin, dark yellow-green, lustrous and scabrate on the upper surface, pale bluish m and still villose on the lower surface, from 2.5 to 4 centimetres long and from 1.5 to 2 timetres wide, with stout midribs, and very slender primary veins extending obliquely to the points of the lobes ; petioles slender, wing-margined to below the middle, tomentose early in the season, becoming pubescent or nearly glabrous, from 4 to 5 millimetres in length. Flowers from 1.4 to 1.6 centimetres in diameter, on stout hoary-tomentose pedicels, in two or usually three- flowered tomentose mostly simple corymbs, with lanceolate to linear glandular caducous bracts and bractlets ; calyx-tube narrowly obconic, covered with pale hairs most abundant toward the base, the lobes foliaceous, long, acuminate, laciniately glandular-serrate, villose, reflexed after anthesis; stamens twenty; anthers pale yellow; styles three or four. Fruit generally solitary, on erect pubescent reddish stems, obovate, full and rounded at the apex, abruptly narrowed at the base, light orange-red, very lustrous, marked by large pale dots, from 1.2 to 1.4 centimetres long and from 1 to 1.2 centimetres in diameter; calyx prominent, with a wide deep cavity, and much enlarged spreading and appressed coarsely serrate villose persistent lobes; flesh thick, yellow, dry, and mealy ; nutlets three or four, acute at the ends, rounded and slightly grooved on the back, from 6.5 to 7.5 millimetres long and from 4.5 to 5 millimetres wide. A shrub, from 6 to 12 decimetres high, with numerous stems, and very slender nearly straight branchlets thickly clothed with hoary tomentum when they first appear, becoming dark reddish brown, pubescent, verrucose and marked by small dark lenticels in their first season and light reddish brown the following year, and armed with very numerous thin straight purplish spines from 3 to 4 centimetres long. Flowers appear about the 10th of May. Fruit ripens the middle of October. Dry open woods near Grandin, Shannon County, Missouri, C. 8. Sargent, September 30, 1900 (No. 4), B. F. Bush, May 7 and October 12, 1905 (No. 12 type), May 8 and October 11, 1905 (Nos. 12 A and 12 B) ; along gravelly benches, Pleasant Grove, Shannon County, Missouri, B. F. Bush, August 12, 1899 (Nos. 463 and 465), May 20, 1900 (No. 349). This species belongs to a small group of low shrubs which is chiefly confined to the Atlantic states from New York to Florida, a few of the species appearing also in northern Alabama. In the region west of the Mississippi River the described UnifloraB have been represented only by a single plant found near Dallas, Texas, by Mr. J. Reverchon (Nos. 26 and 34), May 28, 1901, without flowers. This has been referred to Crataegus uniflora, Moench, but I suspect thaHt'is the same as this southern Missouri species. This differs from Cratcegus uniflora in its obovate orange-red fruits, and in its usually three-flowered corymbs, the flowers of Cratcegus unijiora being generally solitary or occa- sionally in pairs. Cratcegus trianthophora is more closely related to Cratcegus gregalis, Beadle, of the elevated regions of western North Carolina, but this species differs from the Missouri plant in its smooth usually narrower leaves, in its fewer-flowered hoary-tomentose corymbs, narrow-obovate yellowish fruits, and in its stouter branches and spines. 1 1 A specimen in the Gray Herbarium collected by Fendler at Camden, Arkansas, in 1850, with flowers and immature fruits, looks a good deal like this Missouri plant, but the flowers are solitary. EXPLANATION OF THE PLATE. Plate CVI. Crataegus trianthophora. 1. A flowering branch, natural size. 2. Vertical section of a flower, enlarged. 3. A calyx-lobe, lower surface, enlarged. 4. A fruiting branch, natural size. 5. Cross section of a fruit, enlarged. 6. A nutlet, side view, enlarged. 7. A nutlet, dorsal view, enlarged. THOPHORA, Sarg. TREES AND SHRUBS. CRATAEGUS MOLLICTTLA, n. sp. (Tomentosae.) Crataegus mollicula, n. sp. Leaves ovate to oval or obovate, acuminate, abruptly or gradually narrowed to the concave- cuneate glandular base, sharply often doubly serrate above, with straight glandular teeth, and slightly divided above the middle into two or three pairs of broad acuminate lobes ; neasly fully grown when the flowers open the middle of May and then thin, yellow-green, lustrous and slightly hairy above, especially along the midribs, and villose below, and at maturity thin but firm in tex- ture, yellow-green, nearly glabrous on the upper surface, paler and villose on the lower surface, from 6 to 8 centimetres long and from 4 to 5 centimetres wide, with thick yellow midribs and slender primary veins ; petioles stout, slightly wing-margined at the apex, densely villose early in the season, becoming pubescent, occasionally glandular, from 1 to 1.5 centimetres in length ; leaves on vigorous shoots rather thicker, ovate to oval, often from 9 to 10 centimetres long and from 6 to 7 centimetres wide. Flowers from 1.8 to 2 centimetres in diameter, on long stout densely villose pedicels, in wide mostly fifteen to twenty-flowered corymbs, the long stout villose lower peduncles from the axils of upper leaves; calyx-tube narrowly obconic, thickly coated with matted pale hairs, the lobes foliaceous, acuminate, laciniately glandular-serrate, villose on the outer surface below the middle, glabrous above, villose on the inner surface, reflexed after an thesis; stamens ten ; anthers light yellow ; styles two or three, surrounded at the base by a narrow ring of pale hairs. Fruit ripening early in October, on long straight hairy red stems in many-fruited clusters, sub- globose to short-oblong, bright orange-red, lustrous, marked by large pale dots, from 1 to 1.2 centimetres in diameter ; calyx little enlarged, with a deep shallow cavity, and small spreading lobes often deciduous from the ripe fruit; flesh thick, orange color, sweet, and succulent; nutlets two or three, full and rounded at the ends, or when three narrowed at the apex, ridged on the back, with a broad grooved ridge, penetrated on the inner faces by broad shallow cavities, from 5 to 5.5 millimetres long and from 4 to 4.5 millimetres wide. A shrub, from 2 to 3 metres high, with numerous stems, and stout branchlets light orange- green and covered with long white hairs when they first appear, becoming light red-brown and puberulous in their first season and glabrous and gray slightly tinged with red the following year, and unarmed or armed, with occasional slender straight ashy gray spines. Eocky banks of streams near Monteer, Shannon County, Missouri, B. F. Bush, May 14 and October 6, 1905 (No. 8 type), May 14, 1905 (No. 8 A), May and October, 1905 (No. 8 B with only five anthers). This species belongs to that section of the great group of Tomentosas with thin leaves pale-pubescent below at maturity, of which Cratcegus tomentosa, Linnaeus, is the type. It is distinguished from the other described species of this section by its ten stamens ; l and of the thin-leaved Tomentosae only Cratcegus Missouriensis, Ashe, of the same region produces its flowers in such few-flowered corymbs. c. s. s. 1 In the Manual of the Trees of North America, Cratcegus Chapmani, Ashe, is described with ten stamens. This is evidently a mistake, for the species is described by Beadle as having twenty stamens; and his specimens from the trees on the bank of the Swananoa River at Biltmore, North Carolina, certainly have from eighteen to twenty stamens. A specimen of a species of this group, however, collected by Boynton at Silver Creek, Floyd County, Georgia, May 9, 1899, and sent to the Ar from Biltmore, has distinctly ten stamens. Unfortunately no fruit of this plant has been collected. EXPLANATION OF THE PLATE. Plate CVII. Crat^gus mollicula. 1. A flowering branch, natural size. 2. Vertical section of a flower, enlarged. 3. A calyx-lobe, lower surface, enlarged. 4. A fruiting branch, natural size. 5. Cross section of a fruit, enlarged. 6. A nutlet, dorsal view, enlarged. 7. A nutlet, ventral view, enlarged. CKAT-FJils MOLLKTI TREES AND SHRUBS. ALYAEADOA, Liebm. Alvaradoa, Liebmann, Videnslc. Meddel. Kjoben. v. 100 (Nov. PI Mexic. Gen.) (1853). — Walpers, Ann. iv. 382. — Bentham, PL Hartweg. 343. — Grisebach, Abhandl. k. Gesell. Wiss. Gottingen, ix. 41 (Erldut. Pfl. Trop. Am.). — Bentham & Hooker, Gen. i. 411. — Baillon, Hist. PI. v. 411. — Radlkofer, Sitz. Math.-Phys. Bayer. Acad. Wiss. xx. 138.— Engler, Engler to 2 J5 centimetres long, with a minute bract at the base, thickened at the apex ; sepals six, elliptic, of almost equal length, from 7 to 8 millimetres long, obtuse; petals about 6 millimetres in length, oval, emarginate at the apex, with two oval obtuse nectaries ; stamens slightly shorter than the sepals, the filaments about three times longer than the anthers ; ovaries many-ovuled. Fruit oval, usually slightly attenuated and oblique at the apex, about 1 centimetre long, bright scarlet, somewhat pruinose, the stigma almost sessile ; seeds from six to eight, narrow-oblong-obovate, about 6 millimetres in length, light brown, minutely punctulate. A broad low shrub, in cultivation from 5 to 7.5 decimetres high, with rather stout furrowed erect branches, light yellowish brown in their first years later becoming grayish brown ; spines about the color of the branches, usually three-parted in the cultivated plant, slender, from 0.f> to 1.5 centimetres long, in the type specimen stout and from 1 to 4 centimetres long. Flowers appear in May with the leaves. Fruit ripens in September. Later in the autumn the leaves change to a brilliant scarlet color. China: Kansu, N. M. PrzewalsM, September 6, 1872 (Herb. St. Petersburg). Berberis diaphana is most closely related to the Himalayan Berberis macrosepala, Hooker f. & Thomson, and to Berberis Yunnanensis, Franchet. The former is distinguished by its dark brown puberulous branchlets and curved usually solitary peduncles, and the latter by its entire thinner and smaller leaves scarcely reticulate beneath, and by the fascicled flowers. Schneider refers the cultivated plant figured here to Berberis Yunnanensis, of which I have not seen the type. I cannot, however, agree with this identification and refer it to Berberis diaphana. One of the type speci- mens in fruit of this species before me differs only in its more vigorous branches and stouter spines and the somewhat more attenuated fruits, while in the characteristic inflorescence, fruits, and foliage it agrees exactly with our cultivated plant. This handsome Barberry was raised at the Arnold Arboretum from seeds received from Monsieur M. L. de Vilmorin in 1894, and the young plants began to flower for the first time in 1901. It has proved perfectly hardy in eastern Massachusetts, where it is certainly one of the most ornamental species of the genus, with its bright yellow flowers, conspicuous scarlet fruits, and the beautiful autumnal tints of the foliage. EXPLANATION OF THE PLATE. Plate CIX. BerbeRIS diai>iiana. 1. A flowering branch, natural size. 2. Vertical section of a flower, enlarged. 3. An outer sepal, enlarged. 4. An inner sepal, enlarged. 5 and 6. Petals, interior view, enlarged. 7. A fruiting branch, natural size. 8. Vertical section of a fruit, enlarged. 9. A seed, enlarged. TREES AND SHRUBS. BEEBEEIS BBETSCHKEIDEEI, Eehd. Leaves deciduous, chartaceous at maturity, ob ovate-oblong, obtuse, gradually narrowed at the base, densely and unequally, often nearly doubly setose-serrate, the teeth with long setae pointed forward, light yellowish green on the upper surface, glaucescent on the lower surface, with promi- nent veins, stomatiferous only on the under side, not papillose, from 4 to 6 centimetres long and from 1.8 to 3 centimetres broad ; petioles very short or up to 1 centimetre in length. Flowers pale yellow, about 7 millimetres in diameter, in pendent racemes from 3 to 4 centimetres long, on peduncles about 1 centimetre in length ; pedicels slender, from 6 to 8 millimetres long, usually purple like the small ovate acute persistent bract at their base ; outer sepals orbicular-ovate, tinged with purple, with two small ovate acute purple prophylla at the base of the flower, about half as long as the broadly ovate inner sepals ; petals six, from 4 to 5 millimetres in length, as long as the inner sepals, broadly oval and emarginate at the apex, with purplish obovate nectaries obtuse at the apex; filaments filiform, longer than the anthers; ovaries oblong, purplish, with sessile capitate stigmas, and sessile ovules. Fruit in pendent purple racemes, oblong, often slightly pyriform, about 1 centimetre in length, purplish and slightly pruinose, the stigma sessile ; seeds usually two, oblong, narrowed toward the base, 7 millimetres long, brown, finely reticulate. An upright shrub, attaining in cultivation the height of from 2 to 3 metres, with dark red-brown terete one-year-old branches, later becoming gray, and producing prominent floriferous spurs; spines usually simple, small, light brown, about 1 centimetre long. Flowers appear in May. Fruit ripens in September. Late in the autumn the leaves change to handsome shades of orange and scarlet. North China: Seeds collected in the mountains near Pekin were received at the Arnold Arboretum from Dr. E. Bretschneider in 1880. 1 Berberis Bretschneideri is closely related to Berberis Amurensis, Ruprecht, but is chiefly distinguished from that species by its terete reddish brown branches, the less prominent reticulate veinlets on the lower surface of the leaves, and its more spreading habit. No wild specimens from north China referable to this species have been seen, but there is a Japanese specimen in the herbarium of the Arnold Arboretum collected on the shores of Lake Umoto in Japan, September 6, 1892, by C. S. Sargent, which is closely allied to this species, differing from it only in its narrower more acute leaves. Berberis Bretschneideri has proved perfectly hardy in the Arnold Arboretum and is a vigorous fast-growing shrub which is particularly ornamental in autumn, when its foliage assumes a brilliant color. The pale flowers, however, which are produced rather sparingly, and the fruits are less attractive than those of most other Barberries. Alfred Rehder. Arnold Arboretum. 1 From one of these cultivated plants this description and plate have been made. EXPLANATION OF THE PLATE. Plate CX. Berberis Bretschneiderl 1. A flowering branch, natural size. 2. A flower, seen from below, enlarged. 3. A flower, seen from above, enlarged. 4. A sepal, enlarged. 5. A petal, interior view, enlarged. 6. A fruiting branch, natural size. 7. Vertical section of a fruit, enlarged. 8. A seed, enlarged. 9. Margin of a leaf, enlarged. TREES AND SHRUBS. MALUS DAWSONIANA, Eehd. (Malus fusi Malus Dawsoniana, hybr. nov. Leaves oval to ovate, short-acuminate, rounded or broadly cuneate at the base, coarsely and unequally or almost doubly crenate-serrate, coated with thin cobwebby tomentum when unfolding, glabrous at maturity, dark yellowish green above, paler green beneath, from 5 to 9 centimetres long and from 3 to 6 centimetres broad ; petioles slender, glabrous, from 1.5 to 2.5 centimetres in length. Inflorescence five to seven-flowered ; pedicels from 2 to 2.5 centimetres long, slightly villous ; calyx-tube villous outside, the lobes triangular-lanceolate, densely villous on the inner surface; petals oblong-ovate or oblong-obovate, 1.7 millimetres long, white, slightly villous at the base ; stamens numerous, about half as long as the petals ; styles five or often four, slightly shorter than the longest stamens, connate at the base, glabrous ; ovary five or often four-celled. Fruit elliptic-oblong or obovate-oblong, slightly impressed at the base, crowned at the rounded apex by the remnants of the small calyx, yellow or greenish yellow, usually with a red cheek, from 2.5 to 3 centimetres long and from 1.8 to 2 centimetres thick, slightly acid, and when ripe soon becoming pulpy; seeds oblong-obovate, 8 millimetres in length, light brown. A tree, with ascending or spreading branches, slightly pubescent during their first year, becoming purplish brown and glabrous in their second season, with reddish brown bark broken into thin scaly plates easily separable. Winter-buds ovate, reddish brown, lustrous, from 3 to 4 millimetres long, grayish pubescent at the apex. Flowers appear in May with the leaves. Fruit ripens about the middle of October. There can be little doubt that Malus Dawsoniana is the offspring of a cross-fertilization of the Crab-apple of northwestern America, Malus fusca, O. K. Schneider, by a cultivated or naturalized Apple-tree, Malus communis, Poiret. It was raised at the Arnold Arboretum from seed collected by C. G. Pringle in Oregon in 1881. Of these seedlings three are still growing in the Arboretum ; two of these are shrubby trees now about 5 metres high and represent the true Malus fusca, while the third plant has grown into a tree of about 7 metres in height, with a short trunk 26 cen- timetres in diameter, and is the plant here described. In habit and in its scaly dark reddish brown bark it resembles Malus fusca, but the leaves rarely show any tendency to become lobed and are generally broader and more oval, with a more crenate serration. The flowers are almost twice as large as those of Malus fusca, and the fruits, though preserving the shape of those of Malus fusca, are about twice as large, with a persistent calyx, and with four or more often five locules. The inflorescence is more like that of Malus communis, but the pedicels are as slender as those of Malus fusca. It is probable that an orchard of Apple-trees or an Apple-tree escaped from cultivation existed in the neighborhood of the wild Crab from which Mr. Pringle collected the seeds. There would be nothing remarkable in such a hybrid, for all the species of Malus show a decided tendency to natural hybridization. This plant is named in honor of Mr. Jackson Dawson, the superintendent of the Arnold Arboretum, by whom it was raised. As an ornamental tree Malus Dawsoniana has little to recommend it ; there are many other more beautiful forms of the genus Malus, and the fruit apparently possesses no pari h would make this hybrid a desirable starting-point from which to breed a new race of apples. It is, however, interesting as the first hybrid known of Malus fusca. Alfred Rehder. Arnold Arboretum. EXPLANATION OF THE PLATE. Plate CXI. Malts Dawsoxiana. 1. A flowering branch, natural size. 2. Vertical section of a flower, enlarged. 3. Cross section of an ovary, enlarged, 4. A fruiting branch, natural size. 5. Cross section of a fruit, enlarged. 6. Vertical section of a fruit, enlarged. MALI'S DAWS TREES AND SHRUBS, ACER SUTCHUENSE, Fea^ch. Acer Sutchuense, Franchet, Jour, de Bot. viii. 294 (1894). — Bois, Jour. Soc. Nat. Hort. France, ser. 4, i. 199. — Pax, Engler Pfianzenreich, Heft 8 (iv. 163), 29.— J. H. Veitch, Jour. Hoy. Hort. Soc. xxix. 353, f . 96. — Render, Sargent Trees and Shrubs, i. 181. — Schneider, III Handb. Laubholz. ii. 212, fig. 140 p-q. Leaves deciduous, trifoliate, their petioles slender, from 3 to 7 centimetres long, grooved, glabrous with the exception of a tuft of yellowish hairs at the articulation of the petiolules; leaflets elliptic-oblong to oblong-lanceolate, acuminate, from 5 to 8 centimetres long and from 1.8 to 3.2 centimetres wide, unequally and obtusely dentate, glabrous and dull green above, glaucescent and sparingly villous beneath, reticulate at maturity, with eight to ten veins, the terminal leaflet broadly cuneate at the base, with a petiolule from 5 to 8 millimetres in length, the lateral leaflets obliquely rounded at the base, with much shorter petiolules. Inflorescence a dense many-flowered corymbiform raceme on a leafy or rarely leafless branch, usually simple but occasionally with three-flowered ramifications at the base, glabrous, 3.5 centimetres broad and about 2 centimetres high, on a peduncle from 8 to 16 millimetres long ; pedicels from 8 to 12 millimetres in length, with a short ovate bract at the base ; flowers andro-dicecious, 5-merous, yellowish ; t with oval sepals 6 millimetres long and oblong petals of about the same length ; nearly twice as long as the petals, inserted on the disk ; rudimentary ovary small, pilose ; her- maphrodite flowers not yet known. Fruits apparently upright, in short glabrous racemes ; wings curved upwards and parallel, light purplish or brownish, with the nutlet from 1.8 to 2 centimetres in length ; nutlets from 7 to 8 millimetres long and 6 millimetres broad, strongly convex and inconspicuously veined, light brown, with thick woody walls. A tree, sometimes 6 metres high, with glabrous branchlets marked by numerous lenticels, purplish brown at the end of their first year, later becoming light grayish brown. Winter-buds ovate, obtusish, from 4 to 6 millimetres long, with four or six pairs of outer ovate acute scales, lustrous brown, and glabrous with the exception of the yellowish hairs on the margins. China : East Szech'uan, R. P. Farges (No. 955 ex Franchet) ; Western Hupeh, E. H. Wilson (No. 639), S. Wushan, E. H. Wilson (No. 1931). Acer Sutchuense is most nearly related to Acer Mandshuricum, Maximowicz, but differs from that species chiefly in its many-flowered inflorescence, in the shorter pedicels, and in the exserted stamens ; in winter it may be easily distin- guished by its shorter ovate and obtusish winter-buds, which in Acer Mandshuricum are ovate-lanceolate and sharply pointed. A peculiarity of Acer Sutchuense rarely seen in other species is the occasional suppression of one of the leaves of the pair below the inflorescence, which is borne on branchlets furnished with two or with one pair of leaves, but sometimes on leafless branchlets. The description of the previously unknown fruits has been drawn from Wilson's No. 1931. 1 Alfred Rehder. Arnold Arboretum. 1 As the recent collections of Wilson and others have added to the knowledge of Asiatic Maples and their distribution, some supplementary notes to species previously treated in this work (see i. 151-182) are added here. Acer ljstum, C. A. Meyer, see p. 177. Western China: E. H. Wilson (No. 3357). Acer l^tum, var. tomentosulum, Rehder, see p. 178. Western China : E. H. Wilson (No. 3353). Acer longpipes, Rehder, see p. 178. Leaves at maturity velvety pubescent beneath, their petioles much enlarged at the base, embracing the lower part of the winter-buds and furnished with a ligula-like protraction. Fruits in a loose and large corymb; wings with the nutlets from 3 to 26 TREES AND SHRUBS. 3.5 centimetres long, spreading at acnte or at nearly right angles, slightly curved, light purplish brown; nutlets from i <_ , I centimetres in length, flattened, slightly veined, light yellowish brown ; cotyledons conduphcate, accumbent. China: Hup. -I.. S. W^hau, E. H. Wilson (No. 1808). B, var. T.kntaiense, Schneider, III. Handb. Laubholzk. ii. 224, fig. 153 d-e (1907). Differs from the type in the leaves being glabrous on the under surface except tufts of hair in the axils of the veins. China : Chekiang, Tien-tai Mountains (Faber, No. 202 b ex Schneider). Arm jtmnkkve, sp. nov. Leaves orbicular-ovate in outline, subcordate, with an open sinus, about 12 centimetres long and 14 centimetres broad deed flve-lobed, dark green and glabrous above with the exception of the short villous pubescence on the nerves, lighter green^I nearly glabrous beneath except a short and dense villous pubescence on the nerves and primary veins; lobes oblong-o^ caudate, appressed-serrate, with short acuminate teeth, usually entire toward the base, the middle lobe from 4 to 6 centimetre! in length and rather longer than the lateral lobes, the basal lobes only from 1 to 1.5 centimetres long; sinuses acute, reachin* more than half-way to the middle; petioles slender, velutinous, from 4 to 5 centimetres in length. Inflorescence a glabra! paniele, <>vate-<>blong in outline, and without the slender from 2 to 3.5 centimetres long peduncle, from 3 to 6 centimetres in length- pedicels slender, from 8 to 8 millimetres long; flowers polygamous, 5-merous; sepals oblong, obtusish, purplish, about 2 millL • cl. sightly shorter, white, ovate, usually with a few coarse teeth at the apex; disk extrastaminal, glabroat- :. tii,- st.imin.ite flowers about as long as the sepals; anthers oval-oblong, purplish; pistil rudimentary, pilose- m the pistillate flower. iriiinni shnrt.-r than sepals, with broadly oval anthers; ovary densely pilose; style 1.5 millimetres Ion? pilose toward th>- baM, bifld *i th<- apex. Fruits not seen. A tre,-; young branehlets glabrous, greenish or purplish, becoming purplish brown or olive green, lustrous, without or with China: Chekiang, Tien-tai Mountains at an altitude of 650 metres, 1889, E. Faber (No. 203 in Herb. Kew). Acer pubinerve is closely related to Acer Campbelli, Hooker f. & Thomson, but is easily distinguished from that species by its fiv,--lohf(l leaves and their pubescent veins, and by the glabrous disk of the flower. Pax, see p. 179; add as synonym Acer fiabellatum, Rehder, see p. 161, t. 81, and transfer the species from a the place of Acer fiabellatum. the inflorescence of Acer robustum as a corymb, I could not identify Wilson's and Henry's specimens, which liculate inflorescence, with his Acer robustum, and therefore considered that they represented an undescribed publication, however, of Acer fiabellatum I have had the opportunity to examine Giraldi's Chinese collection I that Acer robustum collected by him in Shensi is identical with my Acer fiabellatum. u.m, Pax, see p. 179. Western China, E. H. Wilson (No. 3353 a). »ax, see p. 155, t. 78. Western China, E. H. Wilson (No. 3345); Yunnan, « Szemeo mts. 5000 ft. tree 207 t has larger fruits, with wings spreading at an Shensi, Giraldi (Nos. 2137, 2138, 2139, 2142, Arm < At -i.A-n-M, var. Prattii, Rehder, see p. 164. Western China, E. H. Wilson (Nos. 3347, 3347 b). A. in ru-oATiM, var. Ukurunduense, Rehder, see p. 164. China: Shensi, Giraldi (Nos. 2130, 2131, 2133, 2134, 2146, 7139); also add as synonym Acer lasiocar/mm, LeveiHe* & Vaut, Bull. Soc. Bot. France, liii. 591 (1906), according to Faurie's Nos. 6100, 6101, 6102 from Japan (in Herb. Arnold Arboretum). Acer erianthum, Schwerin, see p. 159. Shensi, Giraldi (Nos. 2111, 2117, 2144). — Acer oblomji'm, var. concolor, Pax, see p. 180. Yunnan, Henry (No. 10957). Acer ljsvioatum, Wallicb, see p. 180. Western China, E. H. Wilson (No. 3346). Arm [Uvini, Franchet, see p. 167. Shensi, Giraldi (Nos. 1440, 2108, 2109, 2122, 2125-29, 2135, 2145, 3793); Chekiaug, Tim-tai Mountains, 1890, Faber (No. 201 in Herb. Kew). Acer laxiflorum, Pax, see p. 180. Western China, E. H. Wilson (Nos. 3349, 3349 a). Acer Tschonoskii, Maximowicz, see p. 33. Add as a synonym Acer pellucidobracteatum, Leveille* & Vant, Bull. Soc. Bot. France, Im. 592 (1906), according to Faurie's No. 6729 from Japan (in Herb. Arnold Arboretum). Acer tetramerum, Pax, see 181. Western China, E. H. Wilson (No. 3348). Acer tetramerum, var. lobulatum, Rehder ex J. H. Veitch, Jour. Roy. Hort. Soc. xxix. 353, fi^s. 94, 97 (nom. seminud.) (1905). — Rehder, Fedde Hep. Nov. Spec. i. 174. Acer tetramerum, Rehder, Sargent Trees and Shrubs, i. 171, t. 85, in part as to figure 1 a. fr in Yunnan igrees in foliage with the variety ng with the is 3.6 centimetres long. ▼ ar. MULTISE M (Maximowicz), Rehder, I variety is distinguished from the type by the incisely lobed leaves, sparingly pubescent or glabrescent 1 wo lateral incisely-dentate lobes and s 1 may add here that another supposedly new Japanese species collected in a garden at Sapporo, and described by Leveille i *t as Acer Faunei in Bull. Soc. Bot. France, liii. 590 (1906), turns out, according to the type specimen, Faurie's No. 60S I Herb. Arnold Arboretum), to be the American Acer Negundo, L. EXPLANATION OF THE PLATE. Plate CXII. Acer Sutchuense. 1. A flowering branch, natural size. 2. A staminate flower, enlarged. 3. A fruiting branch, natural size (Wilson, No. 1931). 4. A samara, enlarged. 5. Winter-buds, enlarged. ACER SUTCIII-KXSK. TREES AND SHRUBS. EHODODEXDR(W KAEMPFEEI, Planch. Rhododendron Kaempferi, Planchon, Flore des Serr. ix. 77 (1853). Rhododendron Sieboldi, Miquel, Ann. Mus. Lugd.-Bat. i. 33, excl. var. (1863). Rhododeneron Indicum, var. Kaempferi, Maximowicz, M'em. Acad. Sci. St. Petersbourg, se'r. 7, xii. 38 (1866). Azalea Indica, var. Kaempferi, Rehder, Bailey Cycl. Am. Hort. i. 122 (1900) ; Mailer's Deutsch. Gartn.-Zeit. xvii. 417, figs. Leaves deciduous, or a few small ones below the flower buds persistent until spring, mem- branaceous, elliptic or broadly elliptic, sometimes nearly rhombic or occasionally elliptic-ovate, acute at the ends, mucronate at the apex, with a minute callous mucro, ciliate, bright green above, paler green beneath, setose on both surfaces, with appressed rufous hairs most abun- dant on the midribs and veins and on the petioles, from 3 to 6 centimetres long and from 1 to 2.5 centimetres broad; petioles 2 millimetres in length. Flowers appearing with or shortly before the leaves, in two to four-flowered umbels, from terminal buds ; corolla rotate-campanulate, bright orange-red to pink, from 4 to 5 centimetres in diameter ; lobes oval, obtuse, about 2 centimetres long, longer than the tube ; calyx-lobes persistent, oval to oblong-ovate or oblong-obovate, obtuse, ruf ously setose outside, long-ciliate, nearly glabrous on the inside, about 5 millimetres in length ; pedicels densely ruf ously setose, from 4 to 7 millimetres long ; stamens five, slightly shorter than the lobes of the corolla or nearly as long ; anthers yellow, oval ; style exserted, purple, ovary rufously setose. Capsule conic-ovoid, narrowed toward the truncate apex, surrounded at the base by the persistent calyx, rufously hirsute, 1.2 centimetres long, splitting at maturity nearly to the base into five valves separating from the placentif erous columella ; seeds 1 millimetre long, irregularly ovoid, brown. A slender loosely branched shrub, sometimes 3 to 4 metres high, but usually lower, with forked or indistinctly whorled branches, and densely rufously setose branchlets, becoming gray or grayish brown, their bark finally peeling off in thin threads. Winter-buds terminal, ovate, from 5 to 8 millimetres long, consisting of two to four scales, rufously setose and of almost equal length, supported at the base by several small leaves persisting during the winter. Flowers appear- ing at the Arnold Arboretum about the middle of May, and on the high mountains of Japan in June and July. Capsules ripen in September. Japan : on the mountains of Hokkaido and Hondo ; Hokkaido : Sapporo, Prov. Ishakari, May 8, 1895, Chilose, Prov. Iburi, June 12, 1889, Hakodate Yama, July 29, 1888, Prov. Hidaka, T. Tokubuchi, Samani Sando, Prov. Hidaka, June 19, 1884, K. Miyabe ; Hondo : shores of Lake Chuzenzi, November 3, 1892, and Miyanoshito, August 24, 1892, C. S. Sargent, Shinano, above Narai, September 3, 1905, J. G. Jack; Kiushiu, Kokusa, April 20, 1903, U. Faurie. Rhododendron Kaempferi has usually been regarded as a variety of the Chinese Rhododendron Indicum, hut as it possesses several apparently constant characters, which distinguish it from the different forms of that species, and as it is geographically well separated, it is better to treat it as a distinct species, as was proposed by Planchon in 1853. It seems most closely related to Rhododendron Simsii, Planchon (Azalea Indica, Sims, not Linnaeus), of southwestern China, which differs in its persistent lanceolate leaves, lanceolate calyx-lobes, and ten stamens, with purple anthers. The typical Rhododendron Indicum {Azalea Indica, Linnaeus, Azalea macrantha, Bunge, Rhododendron Breynii, Planchon) is easily distinguished by its persistent generally obovate and obtuse leaves, lustrous above, by its larger, 30 TREES AND SHRUBS. usually solitary flowers, and by the purple anthers of the five to ten stamens. There are, however, some forms that have generally been referred to Rhododendron Indicum which are most closely related to Rhododendron Kaempferi and can be referred to this species as varieties ; these are : Rhododendron Kaempferi, var. Japonicum, n. comb. (Rhododendron Indnum, e amcenum, a Japonicum, Maxi- mowicz MSm Acad. Sci. St. Petersburg, stv. 7, xvi. No. 9, 41). This plant differs from the type of Rhododendron Kaempferi in its smaller leaves, scarcely more than 1.5 centimetres long, and m its smaller rosy purple flowers. It « a low much-branched shrub. . . Japan- Kiu-siu, volcano Wunzen, Prov. Simabara, Maximowicz. The specimens from this locality were mixed, according to Maximowicz, with individuals closely resembling the type of Rhododendron Kaempferi, but the one specimen from Maximowicz in the Gray Herbarium represents the type of this variety. Rhododendron Kaempferi, var. amcenum, n. comb. (Azalea amvna Lindley, Paxton Flow. Gard. iii. t. 89. - Rhododendron amcenum Planchon, 2<2. des Serves, ix. 80. — Rhododendron Indicum, e amcenum, Maximowicz, Mem. Acad. Sci. St. Ptiersbolrg, ser. 7, xvi. No. 9, ±0.- Azalea Indica, var. amaena, Rehder Bailey Cycl. Am. Hort. i. 122) This is a garden form with smaller often obtusish leaves, and smaller flowers, with a double corolla. It was found by Fortune in 1850 in the Azalea gardens near Shanghai and was sent by him to England. 1 It is now common in the gardens of the United States and Europe. Although Rhododendron Kaempferi was figured and described by Kaempfer in 1712 in his Amcemtates Exotica (p 846) it is one of the last of the plants related to Rhodendron Indicum introduced into cultivation, and it was not until 1892 when Professor Sargent brought seeds of it to the Arnold Arboretum from his journey in Japan, that this beautiful shrub became an inmate of American and European gardens. It has proved in New England the hardiest of all the species and varieties of this race and has not been hurt by the severe winters of eastern Massachusetts, although during unusually cold seasons the flower-buds are sometimes injured. For ten years this Rhododendron has flowered profusely almost every year in the Arboretum, especially the plants in a large group at the northern base of Hemlock Hill where in May, when they are covered with rich orange-red and pink flowers, they make a brilliant and beautiful contrast with the dark background of the Hemlocks. A position like this, sheltered against the rays of the midday sun suits this Rhododendron, as the flowers are liable to become discolored during warm and cloudless days. Rhododendron Kaempferi is certainly one of the most beautiful spring-flowering shrubs which are hardy m New England. Alfred Rehder. Arnold Arboretum. 1 See Fortune, A Journey to the Tea Countries of China, 329. EXPLANATION OF THE PLATE. Plate CXIII. Rhododendron Kaempferi. 1. A flowering branch, natural size. 2. A flower with the corolla displayed, enlarged. 3. An ovary, enlarged. 4. A fruiting branch, natural size. 5. A winter branch, natural size. TREES AND SHRUBS. VIBURNUM CIKNAMOMIFOLIUM, Eehd. Viburnum cinnamomifolium, n. sp. Leaves coriaceous, persistent, elliptic-oblong, long-acuminate, cuneate at the base, entire or with few small teeth toward the apex, conspicuously three-nerved, glabrous, dark yellowish green above, lighter green beneath, from 8 to 13 centimetres long, and from 3 to 4.5 centimetres broad ; petioles rather stout, glabrous, from 1 to 2.5 centimetres in length. Corymbs umbel-like, large and loose, glabrous, from 12 to 17 centimetres in diameter, on peduncles from 2 to 3.5 centimetres long ; rays six to eight ; flowers on slender pedicels from 2 to 3 millimetres long on raylets of the third order; calyx-tube turbinate, the lobes minute, semiorbicular or triangular, about 0.5 millimetre in length ; corolla greenish white, rotate, from 4 to 5 millimetres in diameter, the lobes broadly ovate, revolute, 1 millimetre long, nearly as long as the tube ; stamens slightly longer than the lobes ; anthers suborbicular, yellow. Drupe ovoid, crowned by the persistent style, bluish black, lustrous, about 4 millimetres high and 3 millimetres in diameter ; pericarp scarcely fleshy; stone yellowish white, without grooves or ridges; seed with a reddish brown testa and deeply ruminate albumen. A glabrous shrub or* small tree, sometimes 6 metres high, with dark reddish brown branches covered with numerous conspicuous lenticels. Leaves apparently purple as they unfold. Western China : Szech'uan, Mt. Omei, E. H. Wilson (No. 5022). Viburnum cinnamomifolium is closely related to Viburnum Davidi, Franchet, from which it differs but little in its foliage, except that the leaves of the latter are thicker and distinctly wrinkled on the upper surface ; but by its much smaller compact inflorescence, with the flowers on raylets of the second order, by the longer lanceolate-ovate calyx-lobes, the shorter stamens, with purple anthers, and by the larger fruits 4.5 millimetres in diameter Viburnum Davidi is easily distinguished from Viburnum cinnamomifolium. As Mr. Wilson collected ripe seeds, this species is probably now in cultivation in the Veitchian nurseries at Combe Wood. On account of its handsome evergreen foliage it will certainly prove a valuable acquisition for the gardens of temperate regions. Alfred Rehder. Arnold Arboretum. EXPLANATION OF THE PLATE. Plate CXIV. Viburnum cinnamomifolium. 1. A flowering branch, natural size. 2. A flower, enlarged. 3. A flower with the corolla displayed, enlarged. 4. A fruiting branch, natural size. 5. A fruit, enlarged. 6. A stone, enlarged. 7. Cross section of a stone, enlarged. TREES AND SHRUBS. VIBITBNUM PKOPINQUUM, Hemsl. Viburnum propinquum, Hemsley, Jour. Linn. Soc. xxiii. 355(1888).— Grabner, Enqler Bot. Jahrb. xxix. 587. Leaves coriaceous or chartaceous, persistent, elliptic to elliptic-oblong or ovate to ovate- lanceolate, acuminate, narrowed or rarely almost rounded at the base, remotely denticulate usually only above the middle, conspicuously three-nerved, glabrous, dark yellowish green above, paler green beneath, from 4 to 9 centimetres long and from 1.5 to 3.5 centimetres broad ; petioles slender, from 6 to 15 millimetres in length. Corymbs umbel-like, terminal, glabrous, from 4 to 7 centimetres in diameter, on slender peduncles from 1.5 to 2.5 centimetres in length ; rays usually seven; flowers small, on raylets of the second order, with slender pedicels; calyx-lobes broadly triangular-ovate, obtuse, about 0.5 millimetres long ; corolla greenish white, rotate, about 4 milli- metres in diameter, with long hairs inside at the base ; the lobes broadly ovate, 1 millimetre in length, about as long as the tube ; stamens as long as the corolla ; anthers suborbicular, yellow ; ovary turbinate. Drupe shining, bluish black, globose-ovoid, crowned by the persistent style^ from 5 to 6 millimetres long and from 3.5 to 4 millimetres thick; stone yellowish white, smooth; seed with a brown finely reticulate testa and deeply ruminate albumen. A shrub, with reddish brown lustrous branches marked by small lenticels. Winter-buds small, covered by two pointed scales. Leaves apparently purplish when unfolding. Central and western China : Hupeh, A. Henry (Nos. 3415, 3415 A, 4313, 5221, 5225, 6658, 7745), E. H. Wilson (No. 382), Szech'uan, E. H Wilson (No. 3727), Nanchuan, von Rosthorn (ex Grabner). Viburnum propinquum forms with Viburnum cinnamomifolium, Rehder, and Viburnum Davidi, Franchet, a rather distinct group of the section Tinus, well characterized by the three-nerved leaves. By this character it much resembles Viburnum sempervirens, K. Koch, which, however, differs widely in its fruit. Viburnum propinquum varies much in the shape, size, texture, and serration of its foliage. A small-leaved form is Viburnum propinquum, var. parvipolium, Grabner, Engler Bot. Jahrb. xxix. 587 (1901). Leaves ovate, acuminate, not exceeding 4 centimetres in length ; fruits globose, 3 millimetres long, brown and lustrous. Szech'uan, Nan-chuan, Ta-kuo-kou, von Rosthorn (ex Grabner). This species is now in cultivation at the Veitchian nurseries, where it was introduced through Wilson, who sent seeds collected in 1901. 1 Its chief ornamental value is found in the handsome evergreen foliage and the glossy bluish black fruits. The flowers, like those of Viburnum cinnamomifolium, are too small and too dull in color to rival those of most of the other species of the genus. Alfred Rehder. Arnold Arboretum. EXPLANATION OF THE PLATE. Plate CXV. Viburnum raOFWQUim. 1. A flowering branch, natural size. 2. A flower, enlarged. 3. A flower with the corolla displayed, enlarged. 4. A fruiting branch, natural size. 5. A stone, enlarged. 6. Cross section of a stone, enlarged. VIBURNUM PROVIXQUt TREES AND SHRUBS. VIBUKNTTM, HEKRYI, Hemsl. Viburnum Henryi, Hemsley, Jour. Linn. Soc. xxiii. 353 (1888). — Grabner, Engler Bot. Jahrb. xxix. 586. Leaves oblong to obovate-oblong, subcoriaceous, acuminate or abruptly acuminate, cuneate at the base, serrulate, with teeth sometimes reduced to callous tips, glabrous, dark yellowish green above, light green beneath, from 6 to 10 centimetres long and from 2.5 to 4 centimetres wide, with five to seven pairs of veins curving and anastomosing before reaching the margins ; petioles slender, glabrous, slightly winged, from 1.5 to 2.5 centimetres in length. Inflorescence a terminal panicle with usually opposite ramifications, from 6 to 9 centimetres long and from 7 to 10 centimetres broad, glabrous, on a slender glabrous peduncle from 2.5 to 3.5 centimetres in length, the ramifications bracteate at the base, with linear-lanceolate greenish white bracts ; flowers white, 6 millimetres in diameter, on pedicels from 1 to 5 millimetres long ; calyx-lobes triangular, acutish, about 1 millimetre in length ; corolla rotate-campanulate, the lobes orbicular, about 2 millimetres long, equaling the tube ; stamens as long as the corolla or slightly longer ; anthers oval, yellowish white; style very short and thick, about as long as the calyx-lobes; stigma capitate. Fruiting panicle pendent ; drupes compressed, apparently dark purple, elliptic ; stone elliptic, light brownish yellow, 6 millimetres long and 4.5 millimetres broad, with two slight dorsal ribs, and a deep furrow and slight transversal ridges on the ventral side. A shrub, sometimes trailing over rocks, or a small tree up to 5 metres high, with slender branches covered with grayish brown bark slightly divided by longitudinal fissures, and glabrous purplish or greenish branchlets, becoming purplish brown in their second year. Winter-buds small, ovate, about 4 millimetres long, with two outer scales covered with a yellowish tomentum. China: Hupeh, A. Henry (Nos. 1705, 1730, 4060, 5784, 6092, 7466), E. H. Wilson (No. 1071); Szech'uan, S. Wushan, A. Henry (Nos. 5617, 7608), Nan-chuan, Mo-tzu-ai, von Rosthom (No. 415 in Herb. Christiania), 1 Hon-chi-k'ou, von Rosthorn (No. 698 ex Grabner) ; Yunnan, Feng-chen-lin, A. Henry (No. 10645). 2 Viburnum Henryi is apparently a very handsome and graceful tree, with its large panicles of white flowers ; in habit it is probably much like Viburnum Sandankwa, Hasskarl, which is sometimes to be seen in gardens, but is only hardy as far north as the Orange grows. Viburnum Henryi is probably a hardier plant, and its introduction into gardens is desirable. Alfred Rehder. Arnold Arboretum. 1 The original specimen representing No. 415 of von Rosthorn's collection which has been sent to the Arnold Arboretum from Christiania by Professor Wille is named Viburnum Henryi, var. xerocarpa, in Dr. Grabner's own handwriting, but in his account of the Viburnums of central China he describes a Viburnum Rosthornii, var. xerocarpa (Engler Bot. Jahrb. xxix. 586), quoting No. 415 as the type. This is apparently a slip of the pen and should have read, Viburnum Henryi, var. xerocarpa, as on the label of the type specimen. I cannot, however, find that the proposed variety differs in any way from the type of the species ; the supposed dry pericarp is explained by the fact that the fruits are not fully ripe, as the shrunken and incompletely developed albumen of the somewhat narrower fruit shows. 2 The specimen from Yunnan differs slightly in the thinner texture of the leaves, the sharper serrations, the slightly pubescent in the warty branches. EXPLANATION OF THE PLATE. Plate CXVI. Viburnum Henryi. 1. A flowering branch, natural size. 2. A flower with the corolla displayed, enlarged. 3. A fruiting branch, natural size. 4. A stone, dorsal view, enlarged. 5. A stone, ventral view, enlarged. G. Cross section of a stone, enlarged. VIBURNUM HENRYI, Hemsl. TREES AND SIIHCHS. VIBUEMJM TEBNATUM, Eehd. VlBUBNUM TEENATUM, 71. Sp. Leaves in whorls of three or on the weaker branches opposite, membranaceous, elliptic to oblong-obovate, acute or short-acuminate, cuneate at the base, entire, from 8 to 22 centimetres long and from 4 to 9.5 centimetres wide, yellowish green and glabrous above, lighter green and glabrous below with the exception of the long appressed hairs on the midribs, and on the five to seven pairs of veins curving and anastomosing before reaching the margin and connected by prominent transverse veinlets ; petioles slender, from 2 to 5 centimetres in length, pubescent. Corymbs sessile, loose, from 12 to 17 centimetres in diameter, sparingly pubescent ; rays six or seven, elongated into scorpioid cymes with umbel-like ramifications, the central ray the shortest ; flowers sessile or short-pedicellate, on raylets from the second to the sixth order; calyx-tube obconical, scarcely 1 millimetre long, glabrous, the lobes very minute and indistinct, ciliate; corolla rotate-campanulate, yellowish white, about 5 millimetres in diameter, the lobes semiorbicular, 1.5 millimetres long, about equaling the tube ; stamens much exceeding the corolla, from 6 to 7 millimetres long ; anthers oval, yellow. Drupe red, oval-oblong ; stone oval-oblong, from 6 to 7 millimetres long and nearly 4 millimetres broad, grayish white, with a groove on the ventral side and two shallower grooves on the dorsal side; seed punctulate, reddish brown. A shrub, from 1.5 to 4 metres high, with grayish brown branches, and appressed-pubescent branchlets. Western China: E. H. Wilson (No. 3736, 3736 a). Viburnum ternatum is most nearly related to Viburnum sambucinum, Blume, which is easily distinguished from it by its coriaceous leaves and pedunculate inflorescence. It is remarkable for its very compound inflorescence, and for the three-whorled leaves. I should have considered the latter character an individual teratological aberration, if two spe- cimens from different localities did not agree in this respect, while a third specimen shows a dissolved whorl, having one leaf directly below the inflorescence and the two others only a little farther down. The weaker branches have opposite Alfbed Rehdeb. Arnold Arboretum. EXPLANATION OF THE PLATE. Plate CXVII. Viburnum tehnati m. 1. A flowering branch, natural size. 2. A flower with the corolla displayed, enlarged. 3. A fruiting branch, natural size. 4. A stone, ventral view, enlarged. 5. A stone, dorsal view, enlarged. 6. Cross section of a stone, enlarged. VIBURNUM TERNATUM. Rehd. TREES AND SHRUBS. VIBUKSTUM EHYTIDOPHYLLUM, Hemsl. Viburnum rhytidophyllum, Hemsley, Jour. Linn. Soc. xxiii. 355 (1888). — Griibner, Engler Bot. Jakrb. xxix. 586. — Gard. Chron. xxxix. 418, fig. 167. Leaves oblong-ovate to oblong-lanceolate, aeutish or obtuse, rounded or subcordate at the base, entire or indistinctly denticulate, persistent, thick and coriaceous, dark yellowish green, lustrous, glabrous and deeply rugose above, densely covered with a yellowish stellate tomentum beneath, elevated-reticulate, from 8 to 18 centimetres long and from 3 to 6 centimetres wide, with seven or eight pairs of primary veins, their lateral branches ending in the minute teeth of the margin ; petioles stout, densely stellate-tomentose, from 1.5 to 3 centimetres long. Cymes terminal, umbel-like, rather dense, thickly stellate-tomentose, about 7 centimetres in diameter, on stout peduncles from 1.5 to 2.5 centimetres in length ; rays from five to seven, stout, quad- rangular, their bracts caducous ; flowers sessile on raylets of the third order, furnished at the base with two linear-oblong bracts longer than the calyx-lobes; calyx stellate-tomentose, its lobes minute, broadly triangular-ovate, 1 millimetre long ; corolla white, rotate-campanulate, 5 milli- metres in diameter, the lobes orbicular-ovate, 1.5 millimetres in length, about equaling the tube ; stamens slightly longer than the corolla ; anthers oval, yellow. Drupe oval, about 8 millimetres long, red, crowned by the persistent calyx ; stone oval, nearly truncate at the ends, compressed, yellowish white, 7 millimetres long and 5 millimetres broad, with two grooves on the dorsal side and three grooves on the ventral side ; seed reddish brown, finely punctate, furnished with resinous dots. A shrub, with stout densely stellate-tomentose terete branchlets. Winter-buds naked. Central and western China : Hupeh, A. Henry (Nos. 6305, 7451 A), E. H. Wilson (No. 624) ; Szech'uan, S. Wushan, A. Henry (Nos. 5328, 5328 B), Nan-chuan, von Rosthom (ex Griibner). Viburnum rhytidophyllum is a well-characterized species, which cannot be confounded with any other Viburnum. It has been introduced through Wilson into the Veitchian nurseries, where it has proved perfectly hardy ' and has already flowered and produced fruit. It is a shrub of very striking appearance with its large wrinkled leaves, their dull green and lustrous upper surface contrasting beautifully with the yellowish white stellate-tomentose under surface. 2 The large and dense corymbs of white flowers followed by red berries in September add considerably to its ornamental Alfred Rehdeb. Arnold Arboretum. EXPLANATION OF THE PLATE. Plate CXVIII. Viburnum rhttidophyllum. 1. A flowering branch, natural size. 2. A flower, enlarged. 3. A flower with the corolla removed, enlarged. 4. A fruiting branch, natural size. 5. A stone, ventral view, enlarged. 6. A stone, dorsal view, enlarged. 7. Cross section of a stone, enlarged. YIltt'RXUM UIIYTTDOrTTVLLUM, TI TREES AND SHRUBS. VIBURNUM FUECATUM, Bl. Vibuknum furcattim, Blume 1 ex Maximowicz, Bull. Acad. Sci. St. Peter sbourg, xxvi. 483 (1880) ; Mil Biol. x. 657. Viburnum plicatum, A. Gray, Narr. Exp. Perry, ii. 313 (not Thunberg) (1856).— Fr. Schmidt, Mem. Acad. Sci.' St. Peter sbourg, xii. No. ii. 142 (Reisen irn Amur-Lande). Viburnum lantanoides, Miquel, Ann. Mus. Lugd.-Bat. ii. 265 (not Michaux) (1866) ; Prol. Fl. Jap. 153. — Hance, Jour. Bot. viii. 276. — Franchet & Savatier, Enum. PI Jap. i. 199. Leaves membranaceous, suborbicular to orbicular-ovate, short-acuminate, cordate or subcordate at the base, serrate, yellowish green and glabrous above, lighter green beneath, and stellate- tomentose on the veins, or rarely covered on the under surface with sparse stellate hairs, glabrous or nearly so at maturity, from 9 to 15 centimetres long and from 9 to 12 centimetres broad, with from nine to ten pairs of veins branching near the margin and ending in the teeth ; petioles stout, from 2 to 3.5 centimetres in length, stellate-tomentose, enlarged at the base. Corymbs terminal on two-leafed branchlets, sessile, from 8 to 10 centimetres in diameter, with sterile radiant flowers; rays usually five, sparingly stellate-tomentose, their bracts caducous; flowers on raylets of the third or fourth order, sessile or short-pedicellate, the sterile flowers on slender pedicels; calyx-tube nearly cylindric, glabrous, about 1.5 millimetres long, the lobes broadly triangular, about one third as long as the tube ; corolla rotate, from 7 to 8 millimetres in diameter, the lobes ovate, acutish, 3 millimetres in length, longer than the tube ; stamens about half as long as the lobes of the corolla; anthers orbicular-ovate, yellow; sterile flowers about 2.5 centimetres in diameter, with five unequal suborbicular lobes. Drupes ovoid, crowned by the persistent calyx, scarlet, finally becoming black, fleshy; stone ovoid, compressed, with a deep furrow on the ventral side and a groove on the dorsal side, 7 millimetres long; seed covered with resinous reddish brown dots ; albumen ruminate. An upright sparingly branched shrub, sometimes 4 metres high, with forked dark red-brown smooth branches, and branchlets loosely covered while young with yellowish stellate hairs. Winter-buds large, naked, densely clothed with yellow stellate tomentum. Flowers formed in the autumn, enveloped during the winter by the scale-like bracts and bractlets of the corymb and unfolding in early spring with the leaves. Fruit ripens at the end of August. Japan and Saghalin : without locality, Herb. Lugd.-Bat. Blume; Hokkaido, Hakodate, 1853- 56, C. Wright, Sapporo, May 31, 1889, Y. Tokubuchi, Shiribeshi, July, 1905, U. Faurie (No. 6833); Hondo, hills above Nikko, September 6, 1892, C. S. Sargent, Nanogawa, May 12, 1889, and Fuji-san, July 30, 1891, K. Watanabe, near Lake Yumoto, August 11, 1905, J. G. Jack, Amori, May 16, 1904, U. Faurie (No. 5992) ; Kiu-siu, Wunzen, Prov. Simabara and Kundsho- san, 1863, Maximowicz ; Saghalin, 1861, Fr. Schmidt. Viburnum furcatum is closely related to the American Viburnum alnifolium, Marshall, which differs chiefly from the Japanese plant in its stamens, which are longer than the corolla, and in the cross section of the ventral furrow of the seed, which resembles the letter Y. The allied Himalayan Viburnum cordifolium, Wallich, is easily distinguished by the absence of the radiant flowers, the stellate-pilose corolla, and the ovate leaves. The Chinese specimens which ison, Jour. Linn. Soc. ii. 175 (1858), as a TREES AND SHRUBS. have been referred ovate more finely s< Viburnum furcatum seems to be very rare in cultivation. Like Viburnum alnifoli to Viburnum sympodiale, Grabner, which has stipulate petioles and smaller finely serrate leaves. r cuurnumjurcaium seems to be very rare in cultivation. Like Viburnum alnifolium, Marshall, it prefers probablv shady position and humid light soil, leaf mould or peat, and does not thrive if treated like other Viburnums. EXPLANATION OF THE PLATE. Plate CXIX. Viburnum furcatum. 1. A flowering branch, natural size. 2. A flower with the corolla displayed, enlarged. 3. A fruiting branch, natural size. 4. A stone, ventral view, enlarged. 5. A stone, dorsal view, enlarged. 6. Cross section of a stone, enlarged. VIBURNUM FURCATUM, TREES AND S1J11CBS. VIBURNUM PHLEBOTRICHUM, Sieb. & Zucc. Viburnum phlebotrichum, Siebold & Zuccarini, Abhand. Akad. Wiss. Munch, iv. pt. ii. 173 (1846). — Miquel, Ann. Mus. Lugd.-Bat. ii. 267; Prol. Fl. Jap. 155. — Franchet & Savatier, Enum. PI. Jap. i. 200. — Maximowicz, Bull. Acad. Sci. St. Peter sbourg, xxvi. 490; Mel. Biol. x. 667 (1880). Leaves membranaceous, ovate to elliptic-ovate, acuminate, broadly cuneate or rarely rounded at the base, dentate, with broadly triangular mucronate teeth, dark green and glabrous above, lighter green and glabrous beneath with the exception of the long silky hairs on the midrib and on the six to nine pairs of straight veins ending in the teeth, from 3 to 6 centimetres long and from 1.5 to 3 centimetres broad ; petioles glabrous, from 2 to 5 millimetres in length. Corymbs small, nodding, rather few-flowered, glabrous, purple, from 2 to 4 centimetres in diameter, on slender peduncles from 1.5 to 2.5 centimetres long ; rays usually five, furnished like the two to five- flowered raylets with membranaceous linear-lanceolate bracts; flowers slender-pedicelled on raylets of the second order ; calyx purple, about 1 millimetre long, with a subcylindric tube, and ovate- oblong acuminate lobes ; corolla campanulate-rotate, usually tinged reddish near the base, 6 milli- metres in diameter, the lobes ovate, about 2 millimetres in length, longer than the tube ; stamens inserted a little below the incisions of the limb ; filaments shorter than the oval yellow anthers. Drupe red, subglobose ; stone ovoid, compressed, from 7 to 8 millimetres long and from 4.5 to 6.5 millimetres broad, yellowish white, uneven ; seed with a reddish brown finely punctulate testa. A shrub, from 1 to 2 metres high, with smooth yellowish gray branches and apparently purplish young branchlets, changing later to a very light yellowish brown. Winter-buds ovate, pointed, from 3 to 4 millimetres long, reddish brown, with two pairs of outer scales, the outer pair orbicular-ovate and about one third as long as the bud. Flowers appear in May. Fruits ripen in September. Japan: Hondo; without locality, Herb. Lugd.-Bat., Mino, May 11, 1886, //. Mayr, Nanogawa, May, 1889, and October 2, 1887, and near Agamatsu, October 23, 1892, C. S. Sargent, Mt. Komogatake, U. Faarie (No. 6833), Prov. Ibaraki, U. Faurie (No. 3933), Lake Chuzenzi, October 26, 1905, J. G. Jack; Kiu-siu, Kundsho-san, 1863, Maximowicz. Viburnum phlebotrichum is most nearly related to Viburnum H7 •/'>''. Miquel, 1 which is, however, easily distin- guished from it by its larger generally suborbicular or broadly obovate leaves, by its much larger upright corymbs and Viburnum phlebotrichum seems not to be in cultivation except in Japan, and the Viburnum phlebotrichum of the Hand-list of the Kew Arboretum is probably Viburnum Wrightii. Alfred Rehdeb. Arnold Arboretum. 1 See i. 37, t. 19 of this work. EXPLANATION OF THE PLATE. Plate CXX. Viburnum phlebotrichum. 1. A flowering branch, natural size 2. A flower with the corolla displayed, enlarged. 3. A fruiting branch, natural size. 4. A stone, ventral view, enlarged. 5. A stone, dorsal view, enlarged. 6. Cross section of a stone, enlarged. YIBUUXUM PI I LI : in >T R K ' 1 1 I'M, Sieb. & Zucc. TREES AND SHRUBS. YIBTJENUM THEIFERUM, Eehd. Viburnum theiferum, n. sp. Viburnum phlebotrichum, Hemsley, Jour. Linn. Soc. xxiii. 354 (not Siebold & Zuccarini) (1888).— Grabner, Engler Bot. Jahrb. xxix. 589. Leaves deciduous, chartaceous or membranaceous, ovate-oblong, acuminate, rounded at the base, remotely denticulate, deciduous, from 7 to 12 centimetres long and from 3 to 5.5 centimetres wide, dark green and glabrous above, lighter green and glabrous beneath with the exception of the long silky hairs on the midribs and on the from six to eight pairs of parallel nearly straight veins ending in the teeth ; petioles sparingly hairy or glabrous, from 1 to 1.5 centimetres in length. Corymbs glabrous or slightly hairy, from 2.5 to 3.5 centimetres in diameter, on upright peduncles from 1 to 2.5 centimetres long; bracts linear-oblong, membranaceous, caducous; rays usually five, from three to six-flowered ; flowers on raylets of the second order, pedicellate or nearly sessile ; calyx purple, scarcely 1 millimetre long, with a subcylindrical tube and ovate lobes; corolla campanulate-rotate, from 5 to 6 millimetres in diameter, the lobes ovate, about 2.5 millimetres long, longer than the tube ; stamens inserted a little below the incisions of the limb, about half as long or nearly as long as the limb. Drupe red, globose-ovoid, crowned by the persistent calyx ; stone ovoid, from 8 to 10 millimetres long and from 6 to 7 millimetres broad, yellowish white, uneven ; seed reddish brown, finely punctulate. An upright shrub, with smooth light grayish brown branches, and glabrous very light yellowish gray branchlets. Winter-buds oblong-ovoid, glabrous, about 6 millimetres long, with two outer pairs of scales, the outer pair of these from one half to two thirds the length of the bud. Central and western China : Szech'uan, Kui, E. H. Wilson (No. 579, flowers and fruits), Changyang, E. H. Wilson (No. 644 in Herb. Kew), S. Wushan, A. Henry (No. 5586) ; Mt. Omei, Faber (ex Hemsley) ; Kiang-si, Hupeh, and Formosa (ex Hemsley). Viburnum theiferum is most closely related to Viburnum phlebotrichum, Siebold & Zuccarini, from which it is easily distinguished by its larger and longer-stalked thicker denticulate-serrate leaves, by the longer stamens, and by the outermost scales of the winter-buds being more than half as long as the whole bud. It is a much stouter and more vigorous shrub, larger in every part. In Wilson's specimen, which I consider the type of the species, the stamens are about half as long as the limb, while in Henry's No. 5586 they are as long as the limb, and 1 thinner texture. According to Barber, 1 an infusion of the leaves of Viburnum theifer i Mt. Omei, one of the five sacred i the flavor of coarse congou with a plentiful addition of brown sugar. Alfked Rehder. i Arnold Arboretum. , also, Helmsley, Jour. Linn. Soc. xxiii. 354, Hosie, Three Years in Western EXPLANATION OF THE PLATE. Plate CXXI. Viburnum theiferum. 1. A flowering branch, natural size. 2. A flower with the corolla displayed, enlarged. 3. A fruiting branch, natural size. 4. A stone, ventral view, enlarged. 5. A stone, dorsal view, enlarged. 6. Cross section of a stone, enlarged. TREES AND SHRUBS. LONICERA MUCEOKATA, Eehd. Lonicera mucronata, Rehder, Rep. Missouri Bot. Gard. xiv. 83, t. 2, figs. 8 to 9 (1903). — Grabner, Engler Bot. Jahrb. xxxvi. Beibl. lxxxii. 100. Leaves coriaceous, persistent, broadly obovate to broadly oval, obtuse and mucronate, rounded or narrowed at the base, entire, ciliate and slightly revolute at the margin, from 1.5 to 2 centimetres long, bright green and glabrous or with a few scattered setose hairs on the upper surface, glaucescent and reticulate on the lower surface and sparingly appressed-pilose on the veins and veinlets, with from three to five pairs of veins ; petioles appressed-pilose, about 2 millimetres in length. Flowers in pairs, on short recurved reflexed-setose peduncles from 2 to 5 millimetres long, in the axils of bud-scales at the base of the branchlets ; bracts lanceolate, ciliate, about 5 millimetres in length, slightly exceeding the calyx, usually furnished at the base on the anterior side with a short lobe ; bractlets none ; ovaries connate, or connate for only two thirds of their length, two to three-celled, glabrous or sparingly appressed-setose ; calyx-lobes minute, semi- orbicular, ciliate; corolla two-lipped, about 1 centimetre long, white, fragrant, glabrous outside, densely hirsute on the inner surface of the tube, with upright hairs, the limb slightly longer than the strongly gibbous tube ; outer lobes of the posterior lip scarcely half as long as the limb, the inner ones shorter, ovate, ciliate, with a few setose hairs; anterior stamens as long as the corolla, the posterior ones shorter ; filaments glabrous ; anthers narrow-oblong, 2.5 millimetres in length ; style as long as the corolla, glabrous. Fruit short-ped uncled, subglobose, about 8 millimetres in diameter, red ; seeds from three to ten in a fruit, oval, light yellowish brown, finely punctulate, 4 millimetres long. An upright much-branched shrub, about 1 metre high, with finely pubescent branchlets furnished with reflexed setose hairs, later becoming grayish brown or light brown, the bark peeling off in fibrous threads. Winter-buds small, ovate, with two outer scales and two pairs of inner scales. Terminal buds wanting, replaced by two axillary ones. The fragrant flowers appear early in spring with the young leaves. The fruits are edible, according to Dr. Henry. Western China: Szech'uan, S. Wushan, A. Henri/ (No. 5519), E. H. Wilson (No. 176), Wushan gorge, E. H. Wilson (No. 3738). Lonicera mucronata is most closely related to Lonicera Standishii, Carriere, and Lonicera fragrantissima, Lindley 6 Paxton, but is easily distinguished from these species by the much smaller and generally obovate leaves. Wilson's No. 3738, from which the description of the hitherto unknown flowers is drawn, differs slightly from Henry's fruiting specimen in the glabrous ovary and the more cuneate leaves. Alfred Rehder. Arnold Arboretum. EXPLANATION OF THE PLATE. Plate CXXII. Lonicera muceonata. 1. A flowering branch, natural size. 2. A corolla, laid open, enlarged. 3. A pair of ovaries, anterior view, enlarged. 4. A pair of ovaries, posterior view, enlarged. 5. Cross section of a pair of ovaries, enlarged. 6. A fruiting branch, natural size. 7. A fruit, enlarged. 8. A seed, enlarged. ^CJd TREES AND SHRUBS. LOOTCEEA BETUSA, Fea^ch. Lonicera retusa, Franchet, Jour, de Bot, x. 313 (1896). - Bois, Jour. Soc. Hort. France, iv 210. — Rehder, Rep. Missouri Bot. Gard. xiv. 120. Leaves deciduous, chartaceous, obovate or broadly ovate, obtuse, truncate or emarginate at the apex, rarely acutish, cuneate at the base, entire, sparingly gland ular-ciliate near the base, glabrous and dark green above, with light-colored veins, glaucous and minutely hairy beneath, elevated-reticulate on both surfaces, deciduous, from 1 to 2.5 centimetres long and from 7 to 20 millimetres wide; petioles slender, purplish, glabrous, or with a few scattered glands, from 2 to 3 millimetres m length. Flowers in pairs, on short peduncles from 3 to 8 millimetres long, in the axils of the uppermost leaves of the young branchlets; bracts subulate, about half as long as the ovary, ciliolate ; bractlets connate into a cupula about one third as high as the ovaries, glandular- ciliate; ovaries wholly connate or sometimes distinct at the apex, glabrous, two-celled ; calyx-teeth linear-lanceolate, ciliolate, from 1.5 to 2 millimetres in length ; corolla two-lipped, from 1 to 1.2 centimetres long, white, becoming yellowish, reddish at the base, glabrous outside, hirsute inside the tube, limb almost twice as long as the tube, the lobes of the posterior limb short, about one fourth as long as the limb, broadly ovate; stamens slightly exceeding the corolla; filaments glabrous except at the base; anthers narrow-oblong, 3 millimetres long; style slightly shorter than the stamens, glabrous or pubescent. Fruit shining black, subglobose, from 6 to 8 milli- metres in diameter; seeds oval, light brown, finely reticulate, 3.5 millimetres long. An upright much-branched shrub, about 2 metres high, with slender grayish branches and glabrous or very sparingly glandular branchlets, purple like the petioles and peduncles. Winter- buds ovate-oblong, acute, light brown covered by about six pairs of outer acute scales, nearly 3 millimetres long. Flowers appear in June after the leaves. Western China: Szech'uan, Chen-keou-tin, R. P. Far yes (in Herb. Paris), ravines 3000 metres altitude, E. H. Wilson (No. 3746), Ta-tsien-lu, 1897, R. P. Mussot (No. 171 in Herb. Drake del Castillo). Lmicera retusa, Franchet, is most closely related to Lonicera nervosa, Maximowicz, and to Lonicera kabylka, Kender. The former is, however, easily distinguished from it by its higher lobed cupula, the larger acute leaves light green beneath, and the latter by its ovate or oval usually acute leaves only glaucescent beneath, and by the outer lobes of the upper Up being about half as long as the limb. Wilson's specimens (No. 3746) differ slightly from the type by the generally somewhat larger and sometimes acutish leaves, by the shorter peduncles, and by the pubescent style. Another allied species from China is described below, together with some other new Asiatic species of this genus.* Lonicera retusa is now in cultivation at the Veitchian nurseries at Combe Wood, and is a graceful shrub whose chief ornamental qualities lie in the contrast between the dark green upper surface of the leaves with the bluish white under surface, and in the shining black berries. The flowers, which are borne at the end of the branchlets, are also attractive. Alfred Rehder. Arnold Arboretum. 1 New Asiatic Honeysuckles. Lonicera modesta, n. sp. Leaves membranaceous, rhombic-oval to oval or oblong, obtuse and usually mucronulate, broadly cuneate at the base, entire, minutely ciliate, dull green above and glabrous except the pubescent midrib, lighter green and reticulate and covered' with a short villous pubescence chiefly on the veins and veinlets below, from 2.5 to 4 centimetres long and from 1.2 to 3.5 centimetres wide, with from six to eight pairs of veins; petioles villous, about 2 millimetres long. Flowers in pairs, on short peduncles in the axils of the upper leaves; peduncles about as long as the petioles, puberulous; bracts subulate, from 2 to 3 millimetres in length, ciliate, slightly exceeding the ovary but shorter than the calyx-lobes; bractlets connate into a cupula about one third as high as 50 TREES AND SHRUBS. the ovaries, glandular-ciliate; ovaries connate for from one half to two thirds of their length, glandular near the apex three- celled; calyx-teeth linear-lanceolate, from 2 to 2.5 millimetres long, sparingly villous and ciliate with interspersed glands /corolla two-lipped, about 1.2 centimetres long, white (according to Wilson), becoming yellowish and tinged reddish at the base, sparingly puberulous outside or nearly glabrous, the tube densely hairy inside, gibbous at the base, about as long or but slightly shorter than the limb; lobes of the upper lip about one third as long as the limb; anterior stamens about as long as the limb, the posterior ones shorter; filaments glabrous except at the very base; anthers linear-oblong, 3 millimetres long; style about as long as the limb, pubescent throughout, but more sparingly toward the apex. Fruits not seen. A shrub, sometimes 2 metres high, with brownish gray branches covered with fibrous bark, and villous-puberulous branchlets. Winter-buds ovate to ovate-lanceolate, with about five pairs of acute outer scales, and about four pairs of inner scales, the innermost pair accrescent. Western China: Szech'uan, Chanyang, E. H. Wilson (No. 699). Lonicera modesta is most closely related to Lonicera kabylica, Rehder. From this species as well as from Lonicera nervosa, Maximowicz, and Lonicera retusa, Franchet, it is easily distinguished by the pale green pubescent under surface of the leaves'; from Lonicera orientalis, Lamarck, and from Lonicera Kachkarovi, Rehder, it differs by the cupular bractlets. Lonicera mitis, n. sp. Leaves deciduous, oblong to oblong-ovate, obtuse and mucronate, cuneate or sometimes nearly rounded at the base, densely covered on both surfaces with a short velvety pubescence, finely ciliate, from 1 to 2 centimetres long (not yet fully developed) • petioles short, puberulous. Flowers in pairs, nodding, on very short puberulous peduncles; bracts broadly ovate, rounded or finely ciliate, green; bractlets wanting; ovaries glabrous, ( margin ; corolla white or yellowish, inf undibuliform, glabrous outside, from 15 to 18 millimetres I at the base, hairy inside, the lobes upright, broadly ovate, from 6 to 7 millimetres in length, about one third as i long as the 'tube" usually tinged purplish near the apex; stamens inserted a little below the limb, not exceeding the corolla, the glabrous filaments only slightly longer than the oblong anthers; style as long as the corolla, hairy below the middle. Fruits wanting. A shrub, with grayish brown branches covered with bark separating in fibrous threads, and puberulous branchlets. Winter- buds brown, glabrous, from 5 to 8 millimetres long, long-pointed, with one pair of outer scales. Western China: Szech'uan "monies alti meridiem versus a Ta-tsien-lu in regione Rhododendrorum," 1893, G. N. Potanin (hi Herb. St. Petersburg); Ta-tsien-lu, 9000 to 13,000 feet, A. E. Pratt (No. 865 in Herb. Kew). Lonicera mitis is most closely related to the Siberian Lonicera hispida, Pallas, but differs chiefly from that s saccate, and shorter corolla and in the i the setose pubescence. Pratt's specimen differs from the < collected by Potanin, which I take as the type of the species by its more ventricose almost gibbous tube. A form collected by H. IS. Hobson in Tibet has larger leaves and flowers, and is probably best considered a distinct variety of this snecies Lonicera mitis, var. Hobsoni, var. nov. Leaves narrow-oblong, narrowed at the ends, mucronate, from 3 to 5 centimetres long; peduncles 1.5 centimetres long- bracts T^^t^Z^^QVT^Tr^r^ 08 ? 1 ^^ COr ° Ua 3centimetres 1 ™S> with "early equal base; otherwise like the type. Iibet: Yatung, 1897, E. H. Hobson (m Herb. Kew). Lonicera perulata, n. sp. Leaves membranaceous, oblong-ovate to oblong, acuminate, the upper cuneate, the lower rounded or even subcordate at the base cihate yellowish green and sparingly short-pilose, especially on the veins above, glandular toward the base, with , scatered reddish glands light green and pilose on the veins beneath, from 6.5 to 8 centimetres long and from 2.5 to 3.8 c ith stout branches, and sparingly glandular branchlets, greenish or reddish during their first year, becoming purple m their second season Winter-buds large, with from six to eight pairs of semiorbicular to orbicular-ovate light But outer scales, and paleaceous accrescent upright inner scales. 3 to 4 centimetres long; bracts subulate, sparingly ciliate, exceeding the as long as the distinct ovaries, glandular-ciliate; corolla two-lipped, about ] metres long, dull dark purple, glabrous, the tube strongly gibbous and distinctly stipitate, densely hirsute inside about < shorter than the limb the upper lip with short broadly ovate lobes; stamens slightly shorter than the limb- anthers oblong, purple, about 4 millimetres in length, filaments somewhat shorter, glabrous except at the base; style shorter stamens, glabrous in its upper third, r — x - and lustrous brown persistent oulbi- scaies, ana paleaceous accrescent upright inner scale- Central China: Western Hupeh, E. H. Wilson (No. 2081) Lonicera perulata is closely related to Lonicera Webbiana, Wallich; it differs from that species, however, chiefly in the more XnTn'urnJe t t ' ^ J"" """""* "** "* **"* "*"**> h the C ° lor ° f the bra » clies 1q their "«» d year, Lonicera wllL ^ • ^ ™ , "^ ^^ "* " ^ S labrous C ° r ° 1Ia - Fmm ^ 1 refe "*« Wilson's No. 2081 to fypTof a It n cL Th n t T^ ■£*£" " C ° nSpiCU ° U ^ fr ° m that s P ecies that ifc ™J ***** * considered as the type ot a new species. The true Lonicera Webbiana appears to be restricted to the Himalayan Mountains. Lonicera prostrata, n. sp. Leaves membranaceous, oval, obtuse or aeutUb, broadly cuneate or rounded a. tbe base, from 1 to 2 centimetres long and from 1 Trees and Shrubs, i. 137, t. 69 ; Rep. Missouri Bol. Card, xiv. 108. TREES AND SHRUBS. 5 to 14 millimetres wide, light bluish green and glabrous above, with impressed veins lighter , ler surface of the midribs ; petioles villous, about 1 millimetre in length. Berries in pairs, c S3£^r*?~T^P.^=»5S££= ' glabrous paleaceous bract about large WMtprn r , . a * cre ^ ent inner sca] es- Flowers not known. Fruits ripening in September. i^tTa 1 7, IT' DSPaD ' K H ' WUSOn (N °- 3742) ' at ab0Ut 400 ° metre3 al «tude. B^e^^ ^nchet, and to Zonicera ovalis , TREES AND SHRU1 PEHTJS GREGGII, Engelm. Pinus Greggii, Engelmann ex Parlatore, Be Candolle Prodr. xvi. pt. ii. 396 (1868). — Gordon, Pinetum, ed. 2, 270. — Engelmann, Trans. St. Louis Acad. Scl. iv. 177. — Hemsley, Bot. Biol. Am. Cent iii. 187. Pintjs patula, var. Bentham, PI Hartw. No. 442, 58 (not Schlechtendal & Chamisso) (1840). — Loudon, Encycl. 993. Pinijs patula, (3 stricta, Endlicher, Syn. Conif. 157 (1847).— Gordon, Gard. Mag. vi. 638; Pinetum, ed. 2, 279. — Carriere, Traite Conif. 329. Pinus patula, var. macrocarpa, Masters, Gard. Chron. ser. 3, ix. f. 92 (1891). Leaves in fascicles of threes, slender, erect, serrate, from 7 to 10 centimetres long, their sheaths short, pale chestnut-brown, persistent ; resin ducts medial, hypoderni very weak ; fibro- vascular bundles double. Pistillate flower subterminal; one-year-old cones pseudo-lateral by the growth of summer shoots, erect, stalked, in clusters of two, three or more, their scales armed with small prickles usually deciduous from the mature cones. Mature cones appearing sessile by the development of the basal scales, reflexed, oblique, very persistent, often serotinous for several years, lustrous, of various shades of ochre yellow, from 6 to 12 centimetres long, their scales more or less tumid, much larger on the outer side than on the side next to the branches, sometimes irregularly developed, the umbo small and eccentrically placed near the base of the apophysis. A tree, about 15 metres high, with long slender spreading branches, and small branchlets covered with a glaucous bloom, the decurrent bases of the bracts at first conspicuous, becoming gradually merged in the smooth gray persistent bark of the branches. Mexico : near Saltillo, J. Gregg (No. 402), 1847, C. G.Pringle (No. 10142), and G.B. Shaw, November, 1905. Dr. Gregg's specimen, on which the species is founded, may be seen in the Engelmann collection at St. Louis and in the Gray Herbarium where, in each case, the species is represented by a single cone and a very short branchlet bearing leaves. Gregg found this Pine near Saltillo (incorrectly printed Sullillo in De Candolle's Prodromus), an important city of Coahuila. In 1905, in company with Mr. Pringle, I collected the species on the slopes of the Cafion de las Iglesias about five miles to the southeast of Saltillo. The cones of Pinus Greggii are remarkably like those of Pinus patula, Schlechtendal & Chamisso, in form, reflexed position on the branch, persistence and tendency to cluster, but in color they are distinctly yellow rather than brown. In both species the peduncle of the young cone becomes overgrown and concealed by the basal scales. In habit there could be no greater contrast than between the short erect sparse foliage of Pinus Greggii and the dense pendent long leaf masses of Pinus patula. They differ quite as much in the bark of their branches and trunks. For a number of years the bark of Pinus Greggii persists and grows with the increasing diameter of the wood, and the upper trunk and branches are as smooth and as gray as the bark of Pinus glabra, Walter, of southeastern North America. The bark of Pinus patula, on the contrary, is continuously deciduous for several years, and its upper trunk and branches, like those of Pinus sylvestris, Linnaeus, and Pinus densiflora, Siebold & Zuccarini, are conspicuously red. The original description of Pinus patula (Linncea, vi. 354 [1831]) does not mention the bark. Loudon (Encycl. 992 [1842]) describes " the branches covered with a smooth lead-colored and persistent epidermis," a description that applies perfectly to Pinus Greggii and to no other known Mexican Pitch Pine. Carriere, Parlatore, and Gordon have wholly or partly adopted Loudon's description of the bark of Pinus patula. On the other hand, Veitch's Manual of Conifers (ed. 2, 355), whose author had profited by an examination of the fine cultivated specimens in the British Isles, describes the " light reddish brown branches " of Pinus patula. An explanation may perhaps be found here for the 54 TREES AND SHRUBS. has prevailed with regard to the hark of the two species. Loudon's description was inspired hy Hartweg's recent collections in Mexico and probably by such information as he sent with them. Probably Loudon's description of the bark was copied from Hartweg. Hartweg's specimen No. 442 (Bentham, PL Eartw. 58), and all specimens with patula like cones and short erect leaves, are probably Pimis Greggii. A specimen at Berlin labeled Pinus Greggii is apparently correct as to the leaves, but the cones so labeled in another part of the museum belong to another species. The figure from The Gardener's Chronicle, quoted above, is from a tree cultivated by the brothers Rovelli at Pallanza, in Italy, under the name Pinus del Doctor, or Pinus subpatula, Roezl. These are both unpublished names. Arnold » J •■ — George Russell Shaw. EXPLANATION OF THE PLATE. Plate CXXIV. Pinus Greggii. 1. A branch with leaves and cones, natural size. 2. A cone, natural size. 3. Cross section of a leaf, much enlarged. PINUS GREGGII, Engel TREES AXD SHRUBS. PINUS LUMHOLTZII, Robdts. & Femt. Pinus Lumholtzh, Robinson & Fernald, Proc. Am. Acad. Sci. xxx. 122 (1894) -Mtttwi Jour. Linn. Soc. xxxv. 591. v '" iUdbters > Pinus patula, Seemann, Bot. Voy. Herald, 336 (not Schlechtendal & Chainisso) (1852- 1857). — Hemsley, Bot. Biol. Am. Cent. iii. 189 (Seemann No. 1961). Leaves serrate, in fascicles of threes, from 2 to 3 decimetres in length, pendent, their sheathl loose, long, chestnut-brown, lustrous, deciduous after the first season; resin ducts medial and internal; hypoderm in a single or double row of thick-walled cells detached from the epidermis by a layer of thin-walled cells; fibro-vascular bundles double and contiguous or often merged in one. One-year-old cones subterminal and lateral on younger trees, usually subterminal on older trees, long-stalked, their scales tumid and armed with weak prickles. Mature cones on curved peduncles from 4 to 7 centimetres long, pendent, symmetrical or slightly oblique, ovate-conical or nearly cylindrical, early deciduous, the apophyses tumid, sublustrous, ochre-brown, the umbo often apparently double from a dark border. A round-headed tree, about 15 metres high, with long thin branches, slender drooping chestnut- brown more or less pruinose branchlets, their bark separating during a few seasons in thin scales, finally becoming more persistent and forming rough ridges even on young stems. Mexico : Western Sierras, B. Seemann, 1849 (No. 1961), C. V. Hartman, Coloradas, Chihuahua, 1893 (No. 541); J. N. Rose, Santa Teresa, Tepic (No. 2194); Plateado, Zacatecas (No. 2989); Bolanos, Jalisco (No. 3083), Mesquitec, Jalisco, 1897 (No. 3586), E. W. Nelson, San Sebastian, Jalisco, 1897 (No. 4112), C. G. Pringle, Etzatlan, Jalisco, 1905 (No. 10014), G. R. Shaw, Etza- tlan and Ferraria de Tula, Jalisco, 1905. The foliage of this remarkable Pine is absolutely pendent, not drooping in easy curves like the leaves of Phi us patula, Schlechtendal & Chamisso, or Pinus excelsa, Wallich, but hanging as if lifeless and artificially attached to the branches, producing an effect best described by the popular name of this species in southern Jalisco, " Pino barba caida." The abrupt drooping of the leaves is caused by the weak tissues which underlie the sheaths ; as a result of this the bright chestnut sheaths are brought into nearly perfect alignment and form a conspicuous border to the green foliage masses of the first season. The contrast between the younger foliage and the sheathless leaves of the foliage in its second year is so marked that the two growths are easily distinguished at some distance from the tree. From the examination of a stump at Tula this species appears sometimes to produce, like Pifius rigida, Miller, and Pinus leiophylla, Schlechtendal & Chamisso, shoots from adventitious buds. Pinus Lumholtzii is confined to the western Sierras of Mexico, occupying about ten degrees of latitude. Dr. Lumholtz first observed it at Tutuhuaca, about the latitude of theCSty of Chihuahua, and it has been collected in southern Jalisco. The first specimen, as far as I know, is Seemann's jS t o. 1961 in the Kew Herbarium, collected during the voyage of the Herald in 1849 and labeled with the indefinite locality « N. W. of Mexico." A few of Seemann's cones are in the collection of the Arnold Arboretum. Our knowledge of this Pine is due to the collection made by C. V. Hartman of the Lumholtz Expedition. There is a portrait of the species in Lumholtz's Unknown Mexico (i. 408), and in his article in Scribner's Magazine (xvi. 38). According to Lumholtz it is one of six species of Pine known to the Tarahumare Indians, who use an infusion of the leaves for a stomachic and its wood in the manufacture of their George Russell Shaw. Arnold Arboretum. EXPLANATION OF THE PLATE. Plate CXXV. Pinus Lumholtzii. 1. A branch with cones and leaves, natural size. 2. A cone, natural size. 3. A cone, natural size. 4. Cross section of a leaf, much magnified. SILVA OF NORTH AMERICA TN September, 1890, Messrs. Houghton, Mifflin & Company announced the pub- I lieation of Sargent's Silca oj . ii twelve quarto volu trated with six hundred plates engraved in Paris under the direction of A. Riocreux from drawings made by C. E. Faxon. The last was published in January, 1899, the twi abed and twenty plates. .'.; The publication of this exhaustive and monumental work has stimulated the study of trees in the United States in a re \ .: manner, and during its progress the number of trees recognized bv t America north of Mexico, the region covered by the v from 422, the number announced in Messrs. Houghton, Mifflin & < circular of 1890. For this reason two supplementary volumes were added, con- taining 115 new plates and a thorough index of the entire work. XL published in the fall of 1902, thus completing the set. Professor Sargent is recognized as the high treats. His position as Director of the Arnold Arboretum of Harvard I'niversity, the richest dendrological collection in America, which has been formed by him, and his opportunities while in the emplo\ of the i>o\t rnnn nt of ihe I nin-d >* ii - for exploring the forests and studying the trees in every part of the country, opportunities supplement. < etion with the V tim mal Survey, and by the dnU intrustt-d to him of forming for t) - \< ^ \ ■ rk Mu> urn of Natural History a collection to illustrate the forest products of North A men* , specially qnnlif\ him foi this work, in the preparation of which he has been ■• ■ . " • " -. ' :''•"-■ ' ' •■ . ' . . ' works of whii I roud. It must a3 : u d krd authority on the subject which it ti The price of the Siir u r t *._t, and only subscriptions for the entire work will be accepted. Specimen pages and a - m\ it will be submitted upon re q HOUGHTON, MIFFLIN & COMPANY, 4 Park St., Boston. MANUAL OF THE TSFES OF NORTH J CA THIS volume contains brief descriptions in of some 630 trees, /^ - : - : reridv ■},-.■:.■:.. .. ...^ - '. , ; " ' — . - '. -. ~ "" : ' "^:i, Tkgt are reproductions of drawings made by tionsfor"T; knowledge, and taste, - - aore ekaracteristic features of each species being shown in an ,.;- . The Manual mt information to be fo und in " Th. 1 m nature. but especial NU1 SER AND THJ As a eonvenien t handbook i parts of this countr subject, an foundations " A close study c trees is unqi ; - ptions bring out the ■;-n-v -■■ ■ ". ' ■ :■ ■" : . ' - ■• . . \ : - !:!■;■■ same f *::..■ ••' ■■.':;:■:.'■■■■ ' " " ■■■•■'< n studying, of North America, at are known. form the most essential points of the treasures of indispensable to every one FORESTERS, JURISTS, IRINTENDENTS, INTRY PLACES, \ trees to persons traveling in different t, the greal tty on his us; held by Gray's Manual of Botanv. HOUGHTON. MIFFLIN & COMPANY 4 Park Street. Boston TREES ASD SHE! NEW OR LITTLE KXOWN LK; LANTS prepare: charl HOUGH! CTfcf HitirrsiDf prrss, Cambnsar TREES AND l 3S ILLUSTRATIONS OF NEW OK LITTLE KNOWN LIGNEOUS PLANTS THIS work consists of a series of plates, accompanied by brief descriptions, of new or little known trees and slirubs. It is edited by Professor 0. S. Sargent, the author of The Silva of North America and the Director of the Arnold Arboretum of Harvard Uni- versity, with the assistance of a number of specialists ; and the plates are reproductions of original drawings made by Mr. C. E. Faxon, the most skillful and experienced botanical draftsman in America, whose work is familiar to the readers of Professor Sar- gent's Silva and of Gar dm and Forest The material which serves as a basis for the work has been derived largely from the living col- lections and herbarium of the Arnold Arboretum. It will not be confined wholly to North American plants, but will include also the woody plants of other regions, especially those of the northern hemisphere which may be expected to flourish in the gardens of the United 'States and Europe, and those of special commercial or eco- nomic interest and value. This publication does not duplicate in any way The Silva of N&rth America, but is supplementary to that publi- cation, as from time to time it will contain descriptions and figures of trees newly discovered in North America. The work will b< publi ,< u in parts at irregular intervals. Each part will contain fcwenty-fih a volume will consist of four parts. The parts will be sold separal ly, at $5.00 net, carria A title-page and an in fourth part. A pro*; Part I, and two of the ;>;./«-..*.':''■ -■ ■]':.■[• y •-. ' • ■• - ', ■ - HOUGHTON, MIFFLIN AND COMVa ! 4 PAXiK S LOS TREES AND s IMF us. MAGNOLIA KOIU* Handb. Laubhohk. I 329, t 207, A 0, I 209, C D. Magnolia Kobushi, Mayr, Fn-mdL Waldr vmd Parkb Leaves obovate, gradually or abruptly narrowed at the apex into a short broad point, gradually narrowed and cuneate at the base, slightly thickened on the entire involute margins, glabrous with the exception of small axillary tufts of white hairs below, dull dark given on the upper sur- face, paler on the lower surface, from G to "..*> centimetres long and from 1.5 to 5 centimetres wide veinlets ; petioles slender, from 1.2 to 1.8 centimetres in length. Flowers cup-shaped, white. Iron 5 to 6 centimetres long; sepals oblong-ovate, acute, from l.f> to l.S millimetres long; petal: oblong-obovate, rounded or acute at the apex, gradually narrowed to the base, thin, punctulate about 1.5 centimetres in length; tips of the anthers apiculate, short and straight, fruit oblong often unsymmetrical, usually from 4 to f> centimetres long, dark green ; carpel.-, ovate, roninlet at the apex, conspicuously punctate : seeds broader than high, thicker at the apex than at tin base, from 1 to 1.2 centimetres wide and from 8 to It) millimetres high ; outer coat of the te>t: thick and fleshy, the inner crustaceous, black and lustrous. 1 A broad open shrub (in cultivation), 4 or 5 metres high, with numerous stout stems coverec with smooth pale gray bark, small ascending branches, and slender branches conspicuously marked bv the scars of fallen stipules and by 'small pale lentirels. light v.dlou-grven in their firs; winter, rather bright reddish brown the following year, and later dull reddish brown. Winter buds ovate, full and rounded on one side, nearly straight on the other, narrowed to the obt.iseh pointed apex, thickly coated with long brownish hairs, from L.8 to li centimetres long and frou 6 to 8 centimetres in diameter Japan: Hondo, Hakone, Max'unoidrz, 1861 (in Herb. Gray). This plain i- -aid to be common in the mountain forest- of Hondo ; lm? in Japan I -aw i: only ai the !' atTokio. Mi'jnol'm K"lr,is was introduced into the United Stat,-- through the Parson- Nur- certainly as early as 1S70. and wa- distributed under the un]i!iblis}]e.l name : It has been ai flowers, however, are not produced in much profusion, and a- an ornanienlal plant it i- inferior to the Chinese \ ulai Magnolia and it- various hybrid- and varieties. A tree of northern Hondo and oi Hokkaaio ha- u-uall\ Magnolia Kobus. This is perhaps a distinct species, hut with our ex;-- it may, perhaps, best be considered a geographical variety as Magnolia Kobus, rar. bokeali-. Kb***, Maximowie/. . MSL Biol. viii. r>07. — Sar-eut. ', Japan: Hokkaido, Hakodate, Meaamom *1861 fir B IcOhti > .'<<. • ; / 58 TREES AND SHRUBS. 17, 1892 ; J. G. Jack, August 23, 1905 ; Hondo, near Amori, C. S. Sargent, September 13, 1892, Mt. Chokaizan, J. H Veitch, September 14, 1892 ; near Amori, Z7. Faurie, May, 1900 (No. 3875 in Herb. Arnold Arboretum). In the forests of central Hokkaido this is a tree usually from 20 to 30 metres high, with a tall straight trunk sometimes 2 decimetres in diameter, and short branches forming a narrow pyramidal or finally a round-topped head. From the typical Magnolia Kobus it seems to differ only in its much larger leaves, larger flowers, with often proportionately broader petals, larger fruits, stouter branches, larger winter-buds, and in the arborescent habit which even young plants assume in cultivation. This fine tree was sent to the Arnold Arboretum in 1876 from Sapporo by the late W. S. Clark, President of the Agricultural College of Hokkaido. It is here a fast-growing very hardy tree, but in cultivation it produces its hand- some flowers even more sparingly than Magnolia Kobus. EXPLANATION OF THE PLATE. Plate CXXVI. Magnolia Kobus. 1 A flowering branch, natural size. 2. An anther, front view, enlarged. 3. An anther, rear view, enlarged. 4. A fruiting branch, natural size. 5. A seed. 6. A seed, the outer layer of the testa removed. 7. A sterile branch, natural size. 8. A winter branch, with flower-buds, natural si C. E. Faxon del. MAGNOLIA KOHL'S, DC. TREES AND SI I 111 'lis CRATAEGUS SEVERA, Sarg. Crataegus sever a, n. sp. Glabrous with the exception of the hairs on the upper side of the midribs of the young leaves. Leaves oval to slightly obovate, acuminate or rarely rounded at the apex, gradually narrowed to the long concave-cuneate entire base, and coarsely doubly serrate above, with straight or incurved glandular teeth ; deeply tinged with red and sparingly villose above when they unfold, more than half grown when the flowers open and then thin, yellow-green, and almost glabrous, and at maturity subcoriaceous, dark green and very lustrous on the upper surface, pale bluish green on the lower surface, from 6 to 7 centimetres long and from 3.5 to 4 centimetres wide, with promi- nent midribs and primary veins; petioles stout, wing-margined generally to below the middle, occasionally glandular toward the apex, with minute deciduous glands, from 8 to 10 millimetres in length ; leaves on vigorous shoots thicker, rather larger, and more coarsely serrate, with stout midribs, conspicuous primary veins, and f oliaceous lunate glandular-serrate often persistent stipules. Flowers from 1.2 to 1.3 centimetres in diameter, on slender pedicels, in wide lax mostly eighteen to twenty-flowered corymbs, the long lower peduncles from the axils of upper leaves ; calyx-tube narrowly obconic, the lobes slender, acuminate, entire or minutely glandular-dentate near the middle, reflexed after anthesis ; stamens ten ; anthers pale pink ; styles two or three, surrounded at the base by a narrow ring of pale white hairs. Fruit on slender pedicels, in few-fruited drooping clusters, subglobose, sometimes broader than high, truncate at the ends, dark green more or less tinged with red, from 1.2 to 1.4 centimetres in diameter ; calyx little enlarged, with a wide shallow cavity, and small spreading closely appressed lobes, their tips often deciduous from the ripe fruit ; flesh thin, hard, dry, and mealy ; nutlets usually three, rounded and obtuse at the ends, or when three somewhat narrowed at the apex, ridged on the back, with a high wide deeply grooved ridge, from 7 to 7.5 millimetres long and from 3.5 to 4 millimetres wide. A tree, 7 to 8 metres high, with a trunk sometimes 3 decimetres in diameter, large horizontal branches forming a wide round-topped symmetrical head, and stout slightly zigzag branchlets light yellow-green tinged with red when they first appear, becoming dark brown or purple, lustrous and marked by small pale lenticels in their first season and dull gray-brown the following year, and armed with many stout nearly straight gray spines from 5 to 6.5 centimetres long, and per- sistent and compound on old trunks and branches. Flowers appear about the 10th of May. Fruit ripens early in October. Low moist soil near streams, Grandin, Shannon County, Missouri, C. S. Sargent (No. 5 type), October 1, 1900, B. F. Bush (No. 410 from the same tree), May 10, 1901. From Crataegus Crus-galli, Linnaeus, Crataegus severa differs in its usually acuminate leaves, with p veins, in the hairs along the upper side of the midribs of the young leaves, in the lighter colored anthers, larger subglobose fruit often broader than high, and in its stouter thorns. EXPLANATION OF THE PLATE. Plate CXXVII. Crataegus severa. 1. A flowering branch, natural size. 2. Vertical section of a flower, enlarged. 3. A calyx-lobe, outer face, enlarged. 4. A fruiting branch, natural size. 5. Cross section of a fruit, enlarged. 6. A nutlet, ventral view, enlarged. 7. A nutlet, dorsal view, enlarged. ckat. i;<;rs skvkka. s ;l r<,<. TREES AND SHRUBS. CRATAEGUS VTLLIFLORA, Saeg. (Crus-galli.) Crat^jgus villiflora, n. sp. Leaves obovate-cuneate, rounded or rarely acute at the apex, and coarsely doubly serrate above the middle, with straight glandular teeth ; deeply tinged with red and covered with long white hairs when they unfold ; more than half grown when the flowers open and then thin, yellow-green and setose above and pale and villose below on the midribs and veins, and at maturity subcori- aceous, dark green, lustrous and scabrate on the upper surface, on the lower surface scabrous and slightly villose along the slender yellow midribs and thin prominent primary veins, from 3.5 to 4 centimetres long and from 2.5 to 3 centimetres wide ; petioles stout, narrowly wing-margined nearly to the base, villose while young, becoming glabrous, from 6 to 8 millimetres in length ; leaves on vigorous shoots thicker, acute at the apex, and often from 4.5 to 5 centimetres long and from 2 to 2.2 centimetres wide, with foliaceous lunate coarsely serrate deciduous stipules. Flowers from 1.2 to 1.4 centimetres in diameter, on short slender densely villose pedicels, in compact hairy seven to fifteen, usually seven or eight-flowered, corymbs, the lower peduncles from the axils of upper leaves ; calyx-tube narrowly obconic, thickly coated with matted pale hairs, the lobes wide, acute, slightly denticulate near the middle or nearly entire, glabrous on the outer surface, villose on the inner surface, reflexed after anthesis ; stamens from five to ten, usually ten ; anthers light yellow ; styles two or three, surrounded at the base by a ring of yellowish hairs. Fruit on short nearly glabrous spreading or erect stems, in few-fruited clusters, short-oblong, full and rounded at the ends, green more or less deeply tinged with crimson, from 8 to 9 millimetres long and nearly as broad ; calyx little enlarged, with a wide deep cavity, and small spreading and sometimes incurved persistent lobes ; flesh thin, yellow-green, dry, and mealy ; nutlets two or three, gradually narrowed to the rounded ends or acute at the apex, ridged on the back, with a high deeply grooved ridge, from 6.5 to 7 millimetres long and from 4 to 4.5 millimetres wide. A tree, from 4 to 7 metres high, with a stem from 7 to 14 centimetres in diameter, horizontal branches forming a broad flat-topped head, and slender nearly straight branchlets dark orange- green and villose when they first appear, becoming light chestnut-red, marked by pale lenticels and pubescent or puberulous in their first season and dull gray-brown the following year, and armed with few stout straight spines usually from 1.2 to 2.5 centimetres long, but on vigorous shoots sometimes 3 centimetres in length. Flowers appear during the first week of May. Fruit ripens early in October. On the gravelly banks of small streams near Grandin, Shannon County, Missouri, B. F. Bush (No. 11 type), May 18 and October 11, 1905, also 11 A, 11 B, and 11 C, May and October, 1905 ; Moark, Clay County, Arkansas, on the boundary between Missouri and Arkansas, B. F. Bush (No. 1), May 3 and October 16, 1905, (No. 1 A), May 2 and October 16, 1905, (No. 1 C, with fruit 1.2 centimetres in diameter), May 4 and October 17, 1905, (No. 1 D, also with larger fruit), October 16, 1905. EXPLANATION OF THE PLATE. Plate CXXVIII. Crataegus villiflora. ; branch, natural size. 2. Vertical section of a flower, enlarged. 3. A calyx-lobe, outer face, enlarged. 4. A fruiting branch, natural size. 5. Cross section of a fruit, enlarged. 6. A nutlet, dorsal view, enlarged. 7. A nutlet, ventral view, enlarged. C. E. Faxon del. CRATAEGUS VILLIFLORA, Sa: TREES AND SHRUBS. CRATAEGUS LIVONIANA, Saeg. (Crus-galli.) Crataegus livoniana, n. sp. Glabrous with the exception of the hairs on the upper surface of the young leaves and on the calyx-lobes. Leaves oblong-obovate, acute or rounded at the apex, gradually narrowed to the long slender concave-cuneate entire base, and finely often doubly serrate above, with straight or incurved glandular teeth ; slightly tinged with red and villose, with scattered pale hairs, especially on the midribs, when they unfold, about half grown when the flowers open and then thin, yellow- green, and still slightly hairy above and pale yellow-green below, and at maturity subcoriaceous, dark yellow-green, very lustrous and glabrous on the upper surface, pale bluish green on the lower surface, from 5 to 6 centimetres long and from 3 to 4 centimetres wide, with stout midribs, and slender conspicuous primary veins extending very obliquely toward the apex of the leaf ; petioles stout, wing-margined to below the middle, slightly villose on the upper side while young, soon becoming glabrous, often rose color in the autumn, from 1 to 1.2 centimetres in length ; leaves on vigorous shoots coriaceous, rhombic to obovate or oval, short-pointed at the rounded apex, more coarsely serrate, occasionally slightly lobed above the middle, and often from 6 to 7 centimetres long and from 5 to 5.5 centimetres wide. Flowers from 2 to 2.2 centimetres in diameter, on long slender pedicels, in wide lax mostly ten to eighteen-flowered corymbs, the elongated lower peduncles from the axils of the upper leaves ; calyx-tube broadly obconic, the lobes separated by wide sinuses, gradually narrowed from the base, long, slender, acuminate, conspicuously glandular- serrate, reflexed after anthesis ; stamens twenty ; anthers faintly tinged with pink before anthesis, becoming cream color ; styles from two to four, surrounded at the base by a narrow ring of pale hairs. Fruit on long slender reddish pedicels, in drooping many-fruited clusters, subglobose to short-oblong, full and rounded at the ends, depressed at the insertion of the stalk, dark crimson, lustrous, marked by numerous large pale dots, from 1.2 to 1.4 centimetres in diameter; calyx prominent, with a wide deep cavity tomentose in the bottom, and long spreading coarsely glandu- lar-serrate lobes slightly hairy on the upper side ; flesh thick, dark orange color, sweet, dry, and mealy ; nutlets from two to four, gradually narrowed to the rounded ends, or when two semi- orbicular, ridged on the back, with a high broad deeply grooved ridge, from 7 to 7.5 millimetres long and about 5 millimetres wide. A tree, from 6 to 7 metres high, with a trunk 2 to 3 decimetres in diameter, covered with dark gray scaly bark, large erect and spreading branches, and stout slightly zigzag drooping branchlets dark orange-green and marked by pale lenticels when they first appear, becoming light orange- brown and lustrous in their first season and pale gray-brown the following year, and armed with numerous stout nearly straight light chestnut-colored ultimately purplish shining spines from 5.5 to 6 centimetres long. Flowers appear late in May. Fruit ripens the middle of October. Bank of the outlet of Hemlock Lake near Hemlock Lake Station in Livonia Township, Living- ston County, New York, Henry T. Brown (No. 8 type), May 28 and October 16, 1906, October 3, 1907. Crataegus livoniana, with its large and lustrous leaves, with flowers unusually large in this group, and great clusters of shining fruits hanging on long stalks, is one of the most beautiful and conspicuous of the arborescent Thorns of the EXPLANATION OF THE PLATE. Plate CXXIX. Crataegus livoniana. 1. A flowering branch, natural size. 2. Vertical section of a flower, enlarged. 3. A calyx-lobe, outer face, enlarged. 4. A fruiting branch, natural size. 5. Cross section of a fruit showing the nutlets. 6. Vertical section of a fruit showing the nutlets and calyx. 7. A nutlet, ventral view. 8. A nutlet, dorsal view. C. E. Faxon del. CRATAEGUS LIVONIANA, Sarg. TREES AND SHRUBS. CRATAEGUS LANCEOLATA, Saeg. Crataegus lanceolata, n. sp. Glabrous with the exception of the hairs on the young leaves and petioles. Leaves lanceolate, gradually narrowed and concave-cuneate at the entire base, and crenulate-serrate usually only above the middle ; nearly full grown when the flowers open, and then thin, yellow-green, spar- ingly villose along the midribs above and paler and furnished below with small tufts of axillary hairs, and at maturity thin but firm in texture, yellow-green, smooth, glabrous, and lustrous on the upper surface, pale and nearly glabrous on the lower surface, from 4.5 to 5.5 centimetres long and from 2.5 to 3 centimetres wide, with slender midribs often rose color in the autumn, and thin obscure primary veins ; petioles slender, slightly wing-margined at the apex, sparingly villose while young, soon glabrous, often rose color in the autumn, from 1.2 to 2 centimetres in length ; leaves on vigorous shoots thicker, oblong-ovate, long-pointed and acuminate at the apex, gradu- ally narrowed and concave-cuneate at the base, coarsely glandular-serrate, deeply divided into three or four pairs of broad acuminate lateral lobes, from 7 to 9 centimetres long and from 5.5 to 6.5 centimetres wide, with long broadly winged petioles, and slender foliaceous lunate coarsely glandular-serrate persistent stipules. Flowers from 1.5 to 1.7 centimetres in diameter, on very long slender pedicels, in wide lax mostly ten to twelve-flowered corymbs, the lower peduncles from the axils of upper leaves ; calyx-tube narrowly obconic, the lobes slender, acuminate, entire, reflexed after anthesis; stamens twenty; anthers pale yellow; styles four or five. Fruit on slender elongated drooping stems, in many-fruited clusters, short-oblong to slightly obovate, grad- ually narrowed and rounded at the ends, orange-red, lustrous, marked by occasional large dark dots, from 7 to 8 millimetres long and from 6 to 7 millimetres in diameter ; calyx little enlarged, with a short tube, a deep narrow cavity, and usually persistent lobes abruptly narrowed from broad bases, slender, erect and incurved, and dark red on the upper side below the middle; flesh thin, light yellow, soft, and mealy ; nutlets four or five, acute at the base, narrowed and rounded at the apex, rounded and slightly grooved or irregularly ridged on the back, with a low thin ridge, about 5 millimetres long and from 2.5 to 3 millimetres wide. A tree, from 8 to 10 metres high, with a fluted trunk from 1 to 1.5 decimetres in diameter, covered with light gray scaly bark, the narrow scales in separating disclosing the orange-colored inner bark, large spreading ascending branches drooping at the ends and forming a wide open handsome head, and slender nearly straight branchlets dark green tinged with red and marked by large pale lenticels when they first appear, becoming orange-red and lustrous in their first season and pale gray-brown the following year, and usually unarmed. Flowers appear during the first week of May. Fruit ripens late in October or early in November. In the autumn the leaves turn dark orange color before falling. Bottom-lands of the Desperes River at Carondelet, South St. Louis, Missouri, J. H. Kellogg (No. 4 type), May 6 and November 4, 1902. This handsome species is well distinguished from the related Crataegus viridis, Linnaeus, by its thicker lanceolate, not ovate or obovate, leaves, by the much longer pedicels of the flowers, and by the orange-red, not scarlet, fruit, and scaly bark. EXPLANATION OF THE PLATE. Plate CXXX. Crat^gus lanceolata. 1. A flowering branch, natural size. 2. Vertical section of a flower, enlarged. 3. A calyx-lobe, outer face, enlarged. 4. A fruiting branch, natural size. 5. Cross section of a fruit, enlarged. 6. A nutlet, ventral view, enlarged. 7. A nutlet, dorsal view, enlarged. III. Lig. Pl. C. E. Faxon del. CRATAEGUS LAXCEOLATA, Sarg. TREES AND SHRUBS. CRATAEGUS ASPERA, Sarg. Crataegus aspera, n. sp. Leaves oblong-ovate, acuminate, rounded or abruptly cuneate at the entire base, sharply doubly serrate above, with straight glandular teeth, and deeply divided into three or four pairs of accu- mulate spreading lateral lobes ; about one third grown when the flowers open and then thin, dark yellow-green and setose above and pale and villose below, especially on the midribs and veins, and at maturity thin, yellow-green and scabrous on the upper surface, pale and scabrous on the lower surface, from 5.5 to 6.5 centimetres long and from 4 to 6.5 centimetres wide, with slender orange- colored villose midribs and veins ; petioles slender, slightly wing-margined at the apex, villose, occasionally glandular, from 2.5 to 3.5 centimetres in length. Flowers from 1.7 to 1.8 centi- metres in diameter, on long slender villose pedicels, in crowded compact mostly five to seven-flow- ered corymbs, with linear-obovate to linear glandular bracts and bractlets often persistent until the flowers open, the stout lower peduncles from the axils of upper leaves ; calyx-tube broadly obconic, the lobes gradually narrowed from wide bases, short, acuminate, entire, occasionally mi- nutely dentate, glabrous, reflexed after anthesis ; stamens twenty ; anthers rose color ; styles from three to five, surrounded at the base by a narrow ring of yellow tomentum. Fruit on long slender spreading or drooping hairy stems, in few-fruited clusters, short-oblong to subglobose, scarlet, very pruinose, from 1 to 1.2 centimetres in diameter ; calyx little enlarged, with a wide deep cavity, and spreading often deciduous lobes ; flesh thin, yellow-green, dry, and hard ; nutlets usually four or five, thin, rounded at the ends, rounded and grooved or slightly ridged on the back, from 5.5 to 6 millimetres long and from 4 to 4.5 millimetres wide. A shrub, from 1 to 2 metres high, with stout stems, and slender zigzag branchlets dark orange- green and slightly villose when they first appear, becoming glabrous, bright chestnut-brown, very lustrous, and marked by small pale lenticels in their first season, and dull gray-brown the follow- ing year, and armed with numerous stout or slender slightly curved chestnut-brown shining spines from 4 to 6.5 centimetres long. Flowers appear early in May. Fruit ripens late in November. The leaves turn deep wine color in the autumn before falling. Bottom-lands of Baker's Branch, two miles south of Webb City, Jasper County, Missouri, E. J. Palmer and C. S. Sargent (No. 15 type), October 2, 1901, E. J. Palmer, November 3, 1901, May 4, 1902. c. s. s. EXPLANATION OF THE PLATE. Plate CXXXI. Crataegus aspeka. 1. A flowering branch, natural size. 2. Vertical section of a flower, enlarged. 3. A calyx-lobe, outer view, enlarged. 4. A fruiting branch, natural size. 5. Cross section of a fruit, enlarged. 6. A nutlet, ventral view, enlarged. 7. A nutlet, dorsal view, enlarged. III. Lig. Pl. C. E. Faxon del. CRATAEGUS ASPERA, Sarg. TREES AND SHRUBS. CRATAEGUS MAGNIFOLIA, Saeg. Crataegus magnifolia, n. sp. Glabrous with the exception of a few hairs in the axils of the veins. Leaves broadly ovate, short-pointed and acute at the apex, abruptly concave-cuneate or rounded at the entire base, coarsely doubly serrate above, with straight glandular teeth, and very slightly lobed ; nearly half grown when the flowers open and then thin and yellow-green, and at maturity thin, blue-green, paler on the lower than on the upper surface, from 6 to 7.5 centimetres long and from 5 to 6.5 centimetres wide, with slender yellow midribs, and thin primary veins arching obliquely to the point of the lobes; petioles slender, slightly wing-margined at the apex, from 3 to 4 centimetres in length. Flowers from 1.6 to 1.8 centimetres in diameter, on slender pedicels, in small very compact from four to ten, usually six or seven-flowered corymbs, with linear glandular-serrate bracts and bractlets fading brown and often persistent until the flowers open, the short lower peduncles from the axils of upper leaves ; calyx-tube broadly obconic, the lobes gradually nar- rowed from wide bases, acuminate, often entire or occasionally minutely dentate, reflexed after an thesis ; stamens twenty; anthers pale yellow; styles three or four, surrounded at the base by a broad ring of pale tomentum. Fruit on short erect or spreading stems, in few-fruited clusters, subglobose, five-angled at the base, gradually narrowed and rounded at the apex, green, or dull red, with dark blotches when fully ripe, and about 1.5 centimetres in diameter; calyx promi- nent, with a wide shallow cavity, and spreading lobes deciduous from the ripe fruit ; flesh thin, green, dry, and hard ; nutlets from two to five, usually three or four, narrowed and acute at the ends, or when two rounded at the base, irregularly ridged on the back, with a high narrow or a broad and deeply grooved ridge, from 6.5 to 7 millimetres long and from 4 to 4.5 millimetres An arborescent shrub, from 3 to 4 metres high, with small intricately branched stems covered with pale scaly bark, small ascending branches forming a narrow irregular head, and very slender nearly straight branchlets light orange-green when they first appear, becoming light chestnut- brown or olive-brown and marked by pale dots in their first season, and dark red-brown the fol- lowing year, and armed with occasional very slender nearly straight purplish shining spines from 2 to 3 centimetres long. Flowers appear at the end of April. Fruit ripens in October. Thickets near Webb City, Jasper County, Missouri, E. J. Palmer (No. 26 type), April 30 and September 25, 1905. C. S. S. EXPLANATION OF THE PLATE. Plate CXXXIL Crataegus magnifolia. 1. A flowering branch, natural size. 2. Vertical section of a flower, enlarged. 3. A calyx-lobe, outer view, enlarged. 4. A fruiting branch, natural size. 5. Cross section of a fruit, enlarged. 6. A nutlet, lateral view, enlarged. 7. A nutlet, dorsal view, enlarged. C. E. Faxon del. CRATAEGUS MAGNIFOLIA, Sarg. TREES AND SHRUBS. CRATAEGUS PROCERA, Saeg. Crataegus procera, n. sp. Glabrous with the exception of the hairs on the upper surface of the young leaves. Leaves ovate, acuminate, rounded or abruptly cuneate at the broad entire base, finely often doubly serrate above, with straight or incurved glandular teeth, and slightly divided into five or six pairs of small acuminate spreading lobes ; about half grown when the flowers open and then very thin, dark yellow-green, lustrous, and slightly hairy along the midribs above and pale below, and at maturity thin but firm in texture, dark blue-green and lustrous on the upper surface, pale bluish green on the lower surface, from 5 to 5.6 centimetres long and from 4 to 5 centimetres wide, with slender midribs and thin obscure primary veins; petioles slender, slightly wing-margined at the apex, glandular while young, with mostly deciduous glands, from 2.5 to 3 centimetres in length ; leaves on vigorous shoots broadly ovate, often cordate at the base, more coarsely serrate, more deeply lobed, and frequently 7 to 8 centimetres long and wide. Flowers from 2 to 2.2 centimetres in dia- meter, on long slender pedicels, in small mostly five or six-flowered corymbs, the elongated lower peduncles from the axils of upper leaves ; calyx-tube narrowly obconic, the lobes gradually nar- rowed from wide bases, short, slender, acuminate, minutely and irregularly glandular-serrate usually only above the middle, more or less tinged with rose color, reflexed after anthesis ; stamens ten ; anthers pale pink ; styles three or four, surrounded at the base by a ring of long white hairs. Fruit on long stout spreading or erect pedicels, in few-fruited clusters, crimson, slightly pruinose, becoming lustrous, marked by large pale dots, subglobose but often rather broader than high, from 1.2 to 1.4 centimetres in diameter, depressed at the insertion of the stalk; calyx prominent, with a broad deep cavity gradually narrowed downward, pointed and tomentose in the bottom, and small spreading and slightly incurved lobes dark red on the upper side ; flesh thin, sweet, rather juicy, blood red when fully ripe ; nutlets three or four, gradually narrowed to the rounded or acute ends, rounded and grooved or slightly ridged on the back, from 6 to 6.5 millimetres long and about 4 millimetres wide. A tree up to 7 metres high, with a trunk sometimes 3.7 decimetres in diameter, with gray scaly bark, long wide-spreading purplish branches, the lower drooping, the upper ascending and forming a broad round-topped rather open head, and slender nearly straight branchlets light orange-green and marked by pale lenticels when they first appear, becoming light chestnut-brown and very lustrous in their first season and dull gray-brown the following year, and armed with slender straight or slightly curved orange-brown or dark purple shining spines from 2 to 2.5 cen- timetres long. Flowers appear during the last week of May. Fruit ripens from the middle to the end of October. Flats north of Hemlock Lake, Livingston County, New York, Henry T. Brown (No. 29 type), May 22 and October 16, 1906. c. s. s. EXPLANATION OF THE PLATE. Plate CXXXIIL Crataegus procera. 1. A flowering branch, natural size. 2. Vertical section of a flower, enlarged. 3. A calyx-lobe, outer view, enlarged. 4. A fruiting branch, natural size. 5. Vertical section of a fruit showing nutlets and calyx, enlarged. 6. Cross section of a fruit, enlarged. 7. A nutlet, lateral view, enlarged. 8. A nutlet, dorsal view, enlarged. C. E. Faxon del. CRATAEGUS PROCERA, Sarg TREES AND SHRUBS. CKATJEGUS KEN^EDYI, Sarg. (Coccineae.) Crataegus Kennedyi, n. sp. Leaves ovate, acuminate, gradually or abruptly narrowed to the cuneate entire base, sharply doubly serrate above, with straight glandular teeth, and divided above the middle into four or five pairs of slender acuminate spreading lobes ; more than half grown when the flowers open and then thin, light yellow-green and setose above and pale and glabrous below, and at maturity thin, glabrous, dark green and lustrous on the upper surface, light yellow-green on the lower surface, from 5 to 7 centimetres long and from 4 to 5.6 centimetres wide, with slender midribs, and thin primary veins extending obliquely to the points of the lobes ; petioles slender, slightly wing- margined at the apex, glabrous, glandular, with minute sometimes persistent glands, from 2 to 3.5 centimetres in length. Flowers on long slender slightly villose pedicels, in mostly five to seven- flowered lax corymbs, the lower peduncles from the axils of upper leaves ; calyx-tube narrowly obconic, glabrous, the lobes slender, elongated, acuminate, minutely glandular-serrate, glabrous on the outer surface, slightly villose on the inner surface, reflexed after anthesis ; stamens ten ; anthers rose purple ; styles three or four. Fruit on long slender glabrous pedicels, in few-fruited drooping clusters, slender-obovate, gradually narrowed to the base, rounded and slightly narrowed at the apex, crimson, lustrous, from 1.1 to 1.2 centimetres long and from 7 to 8 millimetres in diameter ; calyx prominent, with a wide shallow cavity, and spreading often incurved lobes, their tips generally deciduous from the ripe fruit; flesh thin, yellow, dry, and mealy; nutlets three or four, acute at the rounded base, narrowed and acute at the apex, ridged on the back, with a broad slightly grooved ridge, from 6 to 7 millimetres long and from 4 to 5 millimetres wide. A broad rounded-topped shrub, from 4 to 5 metres high, with numerous large stems spreading into thickets, and stout glabrous branchlets, light orange color when they first appear, becoming light chestnut-brown, very lustrous and marked by pale lenticels in their first season and dull gray-brown the following year, and armed with stout nearly straight light chestnut-brown ulti- mately dull gray spines from 2.5 to 5 centimetres long. Flowers appear about the middle of June. Fruit ripens at the end of August or early in September. Rocky summit of Willoughby Mountain, Orleans County, Vermont, at an altitude of about 850 metres, E. Faxon, July 23, 1886, J. G. Jack, August 23, 1901, W. W. Eggleston, September 13, 1903, G. G. Kennedy, June 18, 1906. This interesting species is named for Dr. George G. Kennedy, a student of the New England flora and the author of the Flora of Willoughby. Of the small group of the Coccinece with ten stamens and rose-colored anthers it is most closely related to Crataegus Fernaldi, Sargent, of the Aroostook valley in Maine, which differs from it in its more deeply lobed leaves, villose below especially while young, more hairy pedicels, tomentose calyx-tubes, more broadly obovate fruit, obtuse nutlets, and larger and stouter spines. C. S. S. EXPLANATION OF THE PLATE. Plate CXXXIV. Crataegus Kennedyt. 1. A flowering branch, natural size. 2. Vertical section of a flower, enlarged. 3. A calyx-lobe, outer view, enlarged. 4. A fruiting branch, natural size. 5. Cross section of a fruit, enlarged. 6. A nutlet, ventral view, enlarged. 7. A nutlet, dorsal view, enlarged. CRATAEGUS KEXXEDYI, Sarg TREES AND SHRUBS. CRATAEGUS PADIFOLIA, Sabg. Crataegus padifolia, n. sp. Glabrous with the exception of a few caducous hairs on the upper surface of the unfolding leaves. Leaves oval to ovate or rarely obovate, acuminate, gradually or abruptly narrowed to the cuneate entire or glandular base, sharply doubly serrate, with broad straight or incurved gland- ular teeth, and rarely slightly three-lobed toward the apex ; deeply tinged with red when they unfold, still more or less red, very smooth above and about half grown when the flowers open, and at maturity thin, light yellow-green on the upper surface, pale on the lower surface, from 5.5 to 7 centimetres long and from 4 to 5 centimetres wide, with stout yellow midribs, and four or five pairs of slender primary veins. Flowers 1.8 centimetres in diameter, on short erect pedi- cels, in compact mostly five-flowered corymbs, with conspicuous obovate to lanceolate glandular bracts and bractlets fading rose color ; calyx-tube broadly obconic, the lobes gradually narrowed from wide bases, short, acuminate, glandular, with minute dark red scattered glands, reflexed after anthesis; stamens ten; anthers yellowish white, faintly tinged with rose color; styles two or three, surrounded at the base by a broad ring of white hairs. Fruit on stout erect or spreading pedicels, in one to three-fruited clusters, short-oblong or sometimes slightly broader than high, often slightly angled, full and rounded at the ends, dull orange-red marked by small dark dots, from 1.2 to 1.5 centimetres in diameter ; calyx little enlarged, with a wide deep cavity, and small spreading lobes mostly deciduous from the ripe fruit; flesh thin, yellow, hard, and dry; nutlets two or three, broad and rounded at the apex, gradually narrowed at the base or obtuse at the ends, ridged on the back, with a broad high slightly grooved ridge, from 5.5 to 6 millimetres long and from 3 to 3.5 millimetres wide. An arborescent shrub, from 4 to 6 metres high, with small stems covered with dark scaly bark, small erect and slightly spreading branches forming an open head, and slender nearly straight branchlets, green tinged with red when they first appear, becoming light chestnut-red, lustrous, and marked by large pale lenticels in their first season, and dull gray-brown the following year, and armed with slender straight or slightly curved purple shining ultimately ashy gray spines from 2.5 to 3 centimetres long. Flowers appear from the 20th to the end of April. Fruit ripens from the middle to the end of September and often remains on the branches after the leaves have fallen. Upland woods near Swan, Taney County, Missouri, B. F. Bush (No. 5), May 19 and Septem- ber 23, 1905, (5 A) September 23, 1905, (5 B type) September 27, 1905, April 23, 1907, (5 C, 5 D, 5 F, 5 I, 5 J, and 5 K) April 21-25, 1907, also Nos. 149 and 152, June 2, 1899. This species is doubtfully referred to the Intricate because, although it differs from the described species in that group in some important respects, it seems more nearly related to them than it does to the species of the other estab- lished groups. Crataegus ■padifolia is unlike all the other species of Crataegus I have seen in the form of the leaves, which, although more finely serrate, resemble in a remarkable degree those of a Padus. c. s. s. EXPLANATION OF THE PLATE. Plate CXXXV. Crataegus padifolia. 1. A flowering branch, natural size. 2. A flower, vertical section, enlarged. 8. A calyx-lobe, outer view, enlarged. 4. A fruiting branch, natural size. 5. Cross section of a fruit, enlarged. 6. A nutlet, ventral view, enlarged. 7. A nutlet, dorsal view, enlarged. C. E. Faxon del. CRATAEGUS PADIFOLIA, Sarg. TREES AND SHRUBS. CRATAEGUS MOLLITA, Sakg. (Tomentosse. ) CRATAEGUS MOLLITA, n. Sp. Leaves ovate to oval or slightly obovate, acuminate, gradually or abruptly narrowed and concave-cuneate at the entire base, coarsely doubly serrate above, with straight glandular teeth, and slightly divided above the middle into three or four pairs of small acuminate spreading lobes ; nearly full grown when the flowers open and then thin, dark yellow-green and covered above by short white hairs most abundant along the midribs, and pale and villose below, and at maturity thin, yellow-green, lustrous and glabrous on the upper surface, light yellow-green and still villose on the lower surface, from 7 to 8 centimetres long and from 4.5 to 6 centimetres wide, with slender midribs, and thin primary veins extending obliquely to the points of the lobes ; petioles slender, narrowly wing-margined often to below the middle, densely pubescent early in the season, becoming almost glabrous, often rose color in the autumn, from 8 to 10 millimetres in length ; leaves on vigorous shoots rather thicker, coarsely serrate, and often from 9 to 10 centimetres long and from 6.5 to 8.5 centimetres wide. Flowers 1 centimetre in diameter, on short stout densely villose pedicels, in wide mostly eighteen to twenty-five-flowered corymbs, the long stout villose lower peduncles from the axils of upper leaves ; calyx-tube narrowly obconic, thickly coated with long matted white hairs, the lobes long, abruptly narrowed from broad bases, wide, acuminate, glandular-serrate, glabrous on the outer surface, villose on the inner surface, reflexed after anthesis ; stamens from five to eight, usually five or six ; anthers pale rose color ; styles two or three, sur- rounded at the base by a ring of long white hairs. Fruit on stout spreading glabrous reddish stems, in many-fruited clusters, subglobose to short-oblong, orange-red, lustrous, marked by large pale dots ; calyx little enlarged, with a narrow deep cavity, and small spreading or incurved gen- erally persistent lobes ; flesh thick, yellow, soft, and succulent ; nutlets two or three, full and rounded at the ends, ridged on the back, with a broad low slightly grooved ridge, irregularly penetrated on the inner faces by broad deep cavities, from 6.5 to 7 millimetres long and from 4 to 4.5 millimetres wide. A tree, from 5 to 8 metres high, with a slender trunk, small spreading branches forming a narrow open head, and slender nearly straight branchlets covered when they first appear with matted pale hairs, becoming dark orange color, verrucose and puberulous in their first season and ashy gray the following year, and unarmed or armed with nearly straight slender ashy gray spines from 2.5 to 3 centimetres in length. Flowers from the 20th to the end of May. Fruit ripens the end of September. Gravelly banks of streams at Swan, Taney County, Missouri, B. F. Bush (No. 11 B type), May 24 and September 27, 1905, (Nos. 11, 11 A, 11 C, and 11 D) May and September, 1905. malL lollita differs chiefly fa am Crataegus mollicula, i. Sargent, fro imber of stam ens and r ose-colored anthers. C. S. S. EXPLANATION OF THE PLATE. Plate CXXXVI. Crat^gus mollita. 1. A flowering branch, natural size. 2. Vertical section of a flower, enlarged. 3. A calyx-lobe, outer view, enlarged. 4. A fruiting branch, natural size. 5. Cross section of a fruit, enlarged. 6. A nutlet, ventral view, enlarged. 7. A nutlet, dorsal view, enlarged. C. E. Faxon del. CRATAEGUS MOLLITA, Sarg. TREES AND SHRUBS. PTEROCARYA REHDERIANA, C. K. Schneid. (Pterocarya fraxinifolia X stenoptera.) Pterocarta Rehderiana (stenoptera X fraxinifolia), C. K. Schneider, III. Ilandb. Laubholzk. i. 93 (1904). Pterocarya stenoptera, Render, Bailey Cycl. Am. Hort. hi. f. 3013 (not C. De Candolle) (1901). Pterocarya fraxinifolia x stenoptera, Render, Mitt. Deutsch. Dendr. Ges. xii. 116 (1903). Leaves imparipinnate, from 25 to 35 centimetres long, with puberulous petioles from 4 to 5 centimetres in length ; rhachis sparingly glandular and hairy or nearly glabrous, narrowly winged between the upper leaflets, particularly on vigorous branches ; leaflets from eleven to twenty-one, sessile, narrow-oblong to oblong-lanceolate, acute or acuminate, very oblique at the base, crenate- serrate, with glandular-tipped teeth, glabrous, dark yellowish green on the upper surface, lighter green on the lower surface, sparingly pubescent while young, at maturity glabrous with the excep- tion of the axillary tufts of brown hairs, from 6 to 14 centimetres long, the lower ones the smallest, the terminal leaflet slender-petioluled, oblong-obovate, cuneate at the base. Flowers monoecious ; staminate flowers in short-peduncled or nearly sessile catkins from 5 to 7 centimetres in length and originating from lateral axillary naked buds near the ends of the branchlets of the previous year ; flowers sessile, glandular, and sparingly villous ; the bract and the two bractlets connate, free at the apex, the upper sepal always conspicuous, the lower sepals often minute or wanting ; stamens from eight to ten, with very short filaments and oval-oblong anthers ; pistillate flowers in many-flowered slender pendulous and long-stalked racemes from 15 to 20 centimetres in length and terminal on the branchlets of the year ; flowers sessile, remote, each flower subtended by a small subulate bract shorter than and adnate to the two lateral oval bractlets connate to the mid- dle with the perianth; perianth divided above the middle into four lanceolate teeth exceeding the bractlets, the whole covered with minute yellow glands ; style with two oblong-ovate recurved stigmata. Fruit winged, subglobose, with a conical apex, about 1 centimetre long, the wings spreading, elliptic to oblong-ovate, from 10 to 15 millimetres long and from 6 to 7 millimetres broad. A tree, usually with several ascending stems, covered with light gray bark divided by shallow longitudinal fissures into narrow ridges broken into small thin plates, and branchlets glandular and slightly villous while young, soon glabrous, becoming greenish brown during the first season and brown and lustrous in their second year. Winter-buds naked, the axillary usually superposed in pairs ; the upper one long-stalked. Flowers proterandrous, appearing in May with the leaves. Fruits ripen in September. Leaves fall without change of color after the first frost. There is little doubt that this handsome tree is a hybrid between Pterocarya fraxinifolia, Spach, and Pterocarya stenoptera, C. De Candolle. It originated from seeds of Pterocarya stenoptera, and in all its characters it is interme- diate between the two species. From Pterocarya fraxinifolia it chiefly differs in its narrowly winged rhachis usually sparingly villous while young, the narrower less distinctly acuminate leaflets, and the narrower and longer wings of the fruits ; from Pterocarya stenoptera it differs in its more coarsely serrate acute and larger leaflets, with the axils of the veins bearded beneath, in the narrow, not serrate, wings of the rhachis, the wings being usually absent between the lower leaflets, and in the shorter and broader wings of the fruits. The trees of Pterocarya Rehderiana at the Arnold Arboretum were raised from seeds received in 1879 and 1880 80 TREES AND SHRUBS. from the Arboretum Segrezianum as Pterocarya stenoptera ; they are now about 12 metres high and have proved to be much hardier and more satisfactory than either of their supposed parents. In the most severe winters the trees in the Arboretum have suffered only slightly, while Pterocarya stenoptera is much injured every winter even in the most favorable situations, and young plants of Pterocarya fraxinifolia are quite tender. Pterocarya Eehderiana may there- fore be planted in regions where the other Pterocaryas are liable to suffer in winter, It can be easily propagated by suckers, which spring up in large numbers from the roots of the old trees. Alfred Rbhdeb. Arnold Arboretum. EXPLANATION OF THE PLATE. Plate CXXXVII. Pterocarya Eehderiana. 1. A flowering branch, natural size. 2. A staminate flower, side view, enlarged. 3. A staminate flower with undeveloped lateral sepals, se from above, enlarged. 4. A staminate flower with lateral sepals developed, see from below, the stamens removed, enlarged. 5. A pistillate flower, anterior view, enlarged. 6. A pistillate flower, posterior view, enlarged. 7. A pistillate flower with the bracts removed, enlarged. 8. A pistil, enlarged. 9. A fruiting raceme, natural size. 10. A fruit, natural size. 11. A leaf, natural size. l'i. (XXXVII C. E. Faxon del. PTEEOCARYA EEHDEEIAXA, C. K. Schneid. TREES AND SHRUBS. VIBUENUM COEDIFOLIUM, Wall. Viburnum coRDiFOLiuM,Wallich ex De Candolle, Prodr. iv. 327 (1830). — Hooker f. & Thom- son, Jour. Linn. Soc. ii. 175. — Clarke, Hooker f. Fl. Brit. Ind. hi. 6. — Franchet, Nouv. Arch. Mus. Paris, ser. 2, viii. 252; PL David, i. 69.— Grabner, Engler Bot. Jahrb. xxix. 587. — Brandis, Indian Forest Trees, 361. Leaves deciduous, ovate to broadly ovate, rarely oblong-ovate, acuminate, cordate or rounded at the base, unequally serrate, yellowish green and glabrous or nearly so on the upper surface, lighter green and sparingly stellate-lepidote, particularly on the veins, on the lower surface, from 10 to 18 centimetres long and from 5 to 16 centimetres broad, with from eight to ten pairs of veins impressed above, elevated beneath and connected by prominent transverse veinlets ; petioles stout, slightly grooved, from 2.5 to 5.5 centimetres in length, stellate-lepidote while young, much enlarged at the base, and usually furnished with two short stipules. Corymbs terminal, sessile, flat, from 5 to 15 centimetres in diameter, sparingly stellate-lepidote ; rays usually seven ; flowers on rays of the third order; ovary cylindric, glabrous, 1.5 millimetres long ; calyx-lobes ovate, hairy, with a few stellate hairs ; corolla rotate, from 6 to 10 millimetres in diameter, the lobes twice as long as the tube, ovate-oblong to oblong, usually of unequal size, the outer somewhat longer than the others, particularly in the marginal flowers ; stamens about half as long as the corolla ; filaments little more than 1 millimetre in length ; anthers broadly oval, purple ; style thick, conical, slightly exceeding the calyx-lobes. Drupe purple, ovoid, crowned by the persistent calyx-lobes, 8 millimetres long and from 6 to 7 millimetres thick ; stone compressed, with a deep ventral furrow, T-shaped in the cross section by its inflexed edges, and with a shallow dorsal groove; seed covered with red resinous glands; albumen ruminate. A loosely branched shrub or a small tree, with sparingly stellate-lepidote branchlets, becoming gray or grayish brown and marked by a few large lenticels. Winter-buds naked. Flowers appearing with the leaves. China : Szech'uan, altitude 3300 metres, E. H. Wilson (No. 3735) ; also on the Himalayas from Kumaon to Bhotan. Viburnum cordifolium is easily distinguished by the absence of radiant flowers from the allied species, Viburnum sympodiale, Grabner, Viburnum furcatum, Blume, and Viburnum alnifolium, Marshall, which it closely resembles in foliage and habit. Alfked Rehdee. Arnold Arboretum. EXPLANATION OF THE PLATE. Plate CXXXVIII. Viburnum coedifolium. 1. A flowering branch, natural size. 2. A flower with the corolla displayed, enlarged. 3. A fruiting branch, natural size. 4. A stone, dorsal view, enlarged. 5. A stone, ventral view, enlarged. 6. Cross section of a stone, enlarged. *ures 1 to 3 of this plate were made from Wilson's specimens, and 3S 4 to 6 from a Himalayan specimen collected by J. D. Hooker and rved in the Gray Herbarium. VIBURNUM CORDIFOLIUM, Wall. TREES AND SHRUBS. VIBURNUM SYMPODIALE, Grabn. Viburnum sympowale, Grabner, Engler Bot. Jahrb. xxix. 587 (1901). Viburnum purcatum, Hemsley, Jour. Linn. Soc. xxiii. 352 (excl syn.) (not Blume) (1888). Leaves deciduous, ovate to elliptic-ovate, acuminate, rounded or subcordate at the base, ser- rulate, yellowish green and glabrous on the upper surface, lighter green and sparingly stellate- lepidote on the veins and veinlets on the lower surface, from 7 to 13 centimetres long and from 4 to 8 centimetres broad, with from six to eight pairs of veins slightly impressed above, elevated beneath and connected by conspicuous transverse veinlets ; petioles rather slender, grooved, stellate- lepidote, from 1.5 to 3 centimetres in length, furnished near the base with slender stipules about 5 millimetres long. Corymbs terminal, sessile, flat, from 6 to 9 centimetres in diameter, sparingly stellate-lepidote, becoming nearly glabrous at maturity, with large sterile radiant flowers ; rays usually five ; flowers sessile on rays of the third order ; ovary glabrous, nearly cylindric, 2 milli- metres long ; calyx-lobes orbicular-ovate, stellate-pubescent on the outer surface ; corolla rotate, glabrous, about 5 millimetres in diameter, its lobes ovate, about twice as long as the tube ; sta- mens scarcely half as long as the corolla ; anthers broadly oval, yellow ; style conical, short, scarcely longer than the calyx-lobes. Sterile flowers about 2.5 centimetres broad, with generally oblong-obovate unequal lobes. Drupe ovoid, purple, from 8 to 9 millimetres high, crowned by the persistent calyx-lobes ; stone ovoid, slightly compressed, inflexed on the inner edges and there- fore T-shaped in cross section, about 7 millimetres long and 5 millimetres broad, with a dorsal groove and a deep ventral furrow ; seed densely covered with red resinous glands ; albumen deeply ruminate. A loosely branched shrub, with branchlets stellate-lepidote while young, becoming in their sec- ond year reddish brown, smooth, and somewhat lustrous, and ultimately grayish brown. Winter- buds naked. Flowers appearing with the leaves. China: Hupeh, A. Henri/ (Nos. 5759 A and 6707), E. H. Wilson (Nos. 94, 1796, 1812); Szech'uan, Nan-chuan, A. von Rosihorn (ex Grabner). Viburnum sympodiale is closely related to Viburnum furcatum, Blume, from which it differs chiefly in its stipulate petioles and smaller ovate more finely serrate leaves mostly rounded at the base. The peculiar sympodial ramification which is particularly mentioned by Grabner also occurs in the allied species, Viburnum furcatum, Blume, Viburnum, alnifolium, Marshall, and Viburnum cordifolium, WaUich, and also in Viburnum urceolatum, Siebold & Zuccarini. Alfbed Rehdeb. Arnold Arboretum. EXPLANATION OF THE PLATE. Plate CXXXIX. Viburnum e 1. A flowering branch, natural size. 2. A flower with the corolla displayed, enlarged. 3. A fruiting branch, natural size. 4. A stone, dorsal view, enlarged. 5. A stone, ventral view, enlarged. 6. Cross section of a stone, enlarged. Figures 1 and 2 were made from Wilson's No. 1796, and figures 3 to 6 from Henry's No. 7607. C. E. Faxon del. VIBURNUM SYMPODIALE, Griibn. TREES AND SHRUBS. YIBTTKNTTM SHEKSIAKUM, Maxim. Viburnum shensianum, Maximowicz, Bull. Acad. Sci. St. Petersbourg, xxvi. 480 (1880); Mel Biol. x. 653. — Hemsley, Jour. Linn. Soc. xxiii. 355. Viburnum Dielsii, Grabner, Engler Bot. Jahrb. xxix. 588 (1900). Viburnum Giraldii, Grabner, Engler Bot. Jahrb. xxxvi. Beibl. No. lxxxii. 99 (1905). Leaves membranaceous, oval or ovate to elliptic, obtuse or acutisb, rounded or broadly cuneate at tbe base, denticulate, dark yellowish green and glabrous or furnished with scattered fasciculate hairs on the upper surface, paler green and more or less covered with yellowish stellate tomentum on the lower surface, from 2 to 5 centimetres long and from 1.2 to 3.5 centimetres broad, with five or six pairs of veins usually anastomosing, but sometimes partly ending in the teeth, indistinct above and elevated beneath, and inconspicuous veinlets; petioles grooved, from 5 to 10 milli- metres in length, stellate-pubescent. Corymbs terminal, from 5 to 8 centimetres in diameter, covered with dense yellowish stellate pubescence, on peduncles from 3 to 15 millimetres long, rarely longer; sometimes nearly sessile; rays usually five, the central one the shortest; flowers on rays of the third or sometimes of the second order; ovary cylindric, 4 millimetres long, glabrous; calyx-teeth triangular-ovate, very short ; corolla campanulate-rotate, about 6 millimetres in diame- ter, glabrous, the lobes ovate, somewhat longer than the tube ; stamens as long or somewhat exceeding the corolla ; anthers broadly oval, yellow ; style conical, short, scarcely longer than the calyx-teeth. Drupe ellipsoid-oblong, bluish black, crowned by the persistent calyx-teeth; stone oblong, from 8 to 9 millimetres long and 4.5 millimetres broad, convex on the dorsal side, with three ventral grooves, the two lateral often very shallow; seed covered with red resinous glands. A shrub, with slender forked branches, and branchlets stellate-pubescent while young, becoming gray or grayish brown in their second year, and ultimately gray, and usually marked by a few scattered lenticels. Winter-buds naked. Flowers appear with the leaves. China: Shensi, Piasezki, 1875 (Herb. St. Petersburg), G. Giraldi (Nos. 142, 144-149, 2563- 2581, 7199, 7200 in Herb. Florence); Szech'uan, A. von Rosthorn (Nos. 1885, 1887, 1891 in Herb. Christiania). Viburnum shensianum is most closely related to Viburnum burejcetieum, Regel & Herder, and to Viburnum ghmeratum, Maximowicz ; from these species it is easily distinguished by the quite glabrous ovary, the narrower and longer fruits, and by the convex dorsal side of the stone. The leaves are generally smaller and more obtuse than those of Viburnum burejcetieum, but in Rosthorn's Nos. 1887 and 1891 they can hardly be distinguished from the leaves of that species, while the leaves of Viburnum glomeratum are more strongly veined, the veins ending in the teeth. With the type specimens of Viburnum shensianum, Viburnum Dielsii, and Viburnum Giraldii before me I am unable to find a single good character by which these plants can be distinguished ; Rosthorn's No. 1885 agrees in every respect -with Piasezki's specimen, while Giraldi's specimens differ slightly in the more pubescent upper surface of the leaves and in the generally longer peduncles. The chief distinctive character given by Grabner for his Viburnum Giraldii is " corolla campanulato-infundibuliformis, staminibus subinclusis," but I find the corolla rotate-eampanulate, with the tube shorter than the limb, exactly as in his Viburnum Dielsii, and the stamens in Giraldi's specimens are really as long at least as the corolla. I also refer provisionally to this species Faber's No. 1545 (in Herb. Kew), which differs in its larger inflorescence, larger flowers, and larger leaves more densely pubescent on the two surfaces and more strongly veined. Alfred Rehder. EXPLANATION OF THE PLATE. Plate CXL. Viburnum shensianum. 1. A flowering branch, natural size. 2. A flower, enlarged. 3. A flower with the corolla displayed, enlarged. 4. A fruiting branch, natural size. 5. A stone, dorsal view, enlarged. 6. A stone, ventral view, enlarged. 7. Cross section of a stone, enlarged. Figures 1 to 3 are made from Von Rosthorn's No. 1885 and figu, 4 to 7 from Giraldi's No. 144. S C. E. Faxon del. VIBURNUM 8HENSIANUM, Maxi TREES AND SHRUBS. VIBURNUM URCEOLATUM, Sieb. & Zucc. Viburnum ukceolatum, Siebold & Zuccarini, Abha?id. Akad. Munch, iv. pt. iii. 172 (1846). — Miquel, Ann. Mus. Lugd.-Bat. ii. 268; Prol. Fl. Jap. 156.— Franchet & Savatier, Enum. PI. Jap. i. 201. — Maximowicz, Bull. Acad. Sci. St. Petersbourg, xxvi. 480; Mel. Biol. x. 655. Leaves membranaceous, ovate to ovate-lanceolate, long-acuminate, rounded or rarely narrowed at the base, crenately serrate, dark yellowish green and glabrous on the upper surface, lighter green on the lower surface, from 6 to 12 centimetres long and from 2 to 7 centimetres broad, with five or six pairs of anastomosing veins slightly impressed above, elevated and like the midribs stellate-lepidote beneath and connected by conspicuous transverse veinlets; petioles slen- der, grooved, sparingly stellate-lepidote while young, soon becoming nearly glabrous, from 1 to 2 centimetres in length. Corymbs terminal, long-stalked, glabrous or nearly so, from 3 to 6 cen- timetres in diameter; rays usually five, the central one slightly shorter than the others; flowers on rays of the second or third order ; ovaries cylindric, 2 millimetres long, glabrous like the small ovate calyx-teeth ; corolla cylindric-campanulate, slightly constricted at the mouth, about 3 mil- limetres high, the lobes short, upright, broadly ovate, pinkish ; stamens slightly exceeding the corolla ; anthers oblong ; style thick, cylindric, exceeding the calyx-teeth. Drupe ovoid, about 6 millimetres long, black; stone much compressed, ovoid, with three ventral grooves and two dorsal grooves. A shrub, apparently low and straggling, with terete sparingly stellate-lepidote or almost gla- brous branchlets, becoming in their second year reddish brown or light yellowish brown and marked by occasional small lenticels. Winter-buds naked. Flowers appear shortly after the leaves. Japan : Hondo, Umoto, September 6, 1892, C. S. Sargent, Jizogatake, July, 1903, U. Faurie (No. 5485 in Herb. Arnold Arboretum), Lake Chuzenji, August 12, 1905, J. G. Jack; Kiu-siu, Ko-isi-wara, 1863, Maximowicz. Viburnum urceolatum is not very closely related to any other species ; in the shape of the corolla it recalls Vibur- num cylindricum, Hamilton, and in its mode of branching it resembles Viburnum furcatum, Blume, and aUied species, while the characters of the fruit and of the foliage point to a relationship with Viburnum burejoeticum, Herder & Kegel. As an ornamental plant Viburnum urceolatum has apparently little to recommend it, and it is doubtful whether it is Alfked Rehdek. Arnold Arboretum. EXPLANATION OF THE PLATE. Plate CXLI. Viburnum urceolatum. 1. A flowering branch, natural size. 2. A flower, enlarged. 3. A flower with the corolla displayed, enlarged. 4. A fruiting branch, natural size. 5. A stone, dorsal view, enlarged. 6. A stone, ventral view, enlarged. 7. Cross section of a stone, enlarged. The plate is made from Maximowicz's specimen preserved in the Gray VIBURNUM URCEOLATUM, Sieb. & Zucc. TREES AND SHRUBS. VIBURNUM UTILE, Hemsl. Viburnum utile, Hemsley, Jour. Linn. Soc. xxiii. 356 (1888). — Grabner, Engler Bot. Jahrb. xxix. 585.— Bot. Mag. t. 8174. Viburnum cotinifolium, Hance, Jour. Bot. xx. 6 (not Don) (1882). Leaves coriaceous, persistent, ovate-oblong or sometimes ovate to lanceolate-ovate, rounded or broadly cuneate at tbe base, obtusish, with entire and slightly revolute margins, dark yellowish green, glabrous and lustrous on the upper surface, densely whitish tomentose, interspersed, particu- larly on the veins, with fulvous hairs on the lower surface, from 3 to 6 centimetres long and from 1 to 3 centimetres broad, with five or six pairs of only slightly elevated veins ; petioles densely grayish tomentose, from 3 to 7 millimetres in length. Corymbs terminal, on stout peduncles from 1.5 to 3 centimetres long, umbelliform, from 5 to 7 centimetres in diameter, densely clothed with yellowish white tomentum ; rays usually five. Flowers mostly on rays of the third order ; ovary cylindric, 2 millimetres long, glabrous ; calyx-teeth ovate, glabrous or with a few stellate hairs on the margins ; corolla campanulate-rotate, white, from 8 to 9 millimetres in diameter, the lobes orbicular-ovate, about as long as the tube ; stamens slightly shorter than the corolla or about as long ; anthers suborbicular, yellow ; style short and thick, scarcely exceeding the sepals. Drupe ovoid, about 8 millimetres long, bluish black, crowned by the persistent calyx ; stone ovoid, com- pressed, 7 millimetres long and 5 millimetres broad, with three ventral grooves and two shallow dorsal grooves; seed covered with red resinous glands. A shrub, 1.20 metres high (according to Henry), with upright virgate stems, lateral branches spreading at obtuse angles, and branchlets covered when they first appear with dense yellowish or grayish white tomentum, soon becoming glabrous, and reddish brown in their second year. Winter-buds naked. Flowers appear in spring with the young leaves. China: Hupeh, A. Henry (Nos. 260, 620), E. H. Wilson (No. 31); Szech'uan, E. Faber (ex Hemsley) ; Kweichau, W. Mesny (ex Hemsley). Viburnum utile, var. el^agnifolium, n. var. This differs from the type in its more slender branches covered while young with yellowish brown tomentum, in the - oblong-lanceolate slender-petioled leaves, light yellowish green above, in the much smaller few-flowered inflo- yiot exceeding 3 centimetres in diameter, and in the fruits being mostly on rays of the second order, /^•estern Hupeh, E. H. Wilson (No. 31, partly, the fruiting branch in Herb. Arnold Arboretum). G^i utile, is distinguished from most species of the section Lantana by its thick coriaceous entire leaves, smooth /us above and densely stellate-tomentose beneath. From the more closely related Viburnum congestum, t differs in the larger flowers and shorter corolla-tube, and from Viburnum Bockii, Grabner, and Viburnum Jrabner, in the thicker leaves whitish tomentose beneath, ccording to Dr. Henry, the branches are used for making pipe-stems. Viburnum utile is now in cultivation in the Veitchian nurseries, near London, and is described as a neat and attrac- Alfred Rehder. Arnold Arboretur 1 Hortus Veitchi, 410 (1906). EXPLANATION OP THE PLATE. Plate CXLII. Vibuknum utile. 1. A flowering branch, natural size. 2. A flower with the corolla displayed, enlarged. 3. A fruiting branch, natural size. 4. A stone, dorsal view, enlarged. 5. A stone, ventral view, enlarged. 6. Cross section of a stone, enlarged. This plate was made from Henry's Hupeh specimens preserved i. Gray Herbarium. VIBURNUM UTILE, Hemsl. TREES AND SHRUBS. VIBTIKNTJM CYLIKDRICIJM, Hamilt. Viburnum cylindricum, Hamilton ex Don, Prodr. Fl. Nepal. 142 (1825 l ). — De Candolle, Prodr. iv. 329. Viburnum coriaceum, Blume, Bijdr. Fl. Ned. Ind. 656 (1825). — De Candolle, Prodr. iv. 329. — Hooker f. & Thomson, Jour. Linn. Soc. ii. 179. — Miquel, Fl. Ind. Bat. ii. 120.— Brandis, Forest FL Brit. Ind. 259. — Clarke, Hooker/. Fl. Brit. Ind. hi. 5. — Hemsley, Jour. Linn. Soc. xxiii. 351. — Koorders & Valeton, Bijdr. Boomsort. Java, v. 38. — Griibner, Engler Bot. Jahrb. xxix. 587. Leaves coriaceous, persistent, elliptic to oblong or ovate-oblong, acuminate, narrowed or some- times rounded at the base, entire or more often with a few remote short and obtuse teeth, glabrous, dark yellowish green and lustrous on the upper surface, lighter green and sparingly dotted with minute dark glands on the lower surface, from 8 to 16 centimetres long and from 3 to 6 centimetres broad, with three or four pairs of anastomosing veins prominent beneath and connected by conspicuous veinlets ; petioles grooved, glabrous, from 1 to 3 centimetres in length. Corymbs terminal, convex, glabrous, from 6 to 10 centimetres in diameter, on peduncles from 2 to 6 centimetres long ; rays usually seven, of nearly equal length ; flowers mostly on rays of the third order ; ovary ovoid or turbinate, glandular, with very minute and indistinct calyx-lobes ; corolla tubular-campanulate, from 4: to 5 millimetres long, minutely lepidote, white or slightly tinged with pink, the lobes orbicular-ovate, upright, 1 millimetre in length ; stamens exceeding the limb of the corolla; anthers oblong; style short and thick, conical. Drupe ovoid, small, bluish black, crowned by the persistent calyx-lobes ; stone ovoid, slightly compressed, 4.5 millime- tres high and 3.5 millimetres broad, with one shallow ventral groove and two shallow dorsal grooves; seed brownish red. A tree, occasionally 15 metres high, with glabrous branchlets and reddish or grayish brown branches marked by small scattered lenticels. Winter-buds with one pair of scales. China: western Hupeh, E. H. Wilson (Nos. 2493 and 3729); Szech'uan, Mount Omei, alti- tude 1000 metres, E. Faber (ex Grabner) ; Yunnan, altitude from 1700 to 2000 metres, A. Henry (Nos. 9757, 9757 c, and 9757 d) ; also in India and Java. Viburnum cylindricum has no close relationship with any other species. In the shape of the corolla it resembles Viburnum urceolatum, Siebold & Zuccarini, which differs widely from it, however, in other characters. Viburnum cylindricum seems to be still little known in gardens ; as shown by a specimen in the herbarium of the Arnold Arboretum it was in cultivation about 1882 at Kew, where it had been introduced from India, but was appar- ently lost soon afterwards. Recently it has been introduced from Yunnan into the Jardin des Plantes at Paris, 2 and from Hupeh into the Veitchian nurseries. The handsome evergreen foliage of this species resembles that of a green Aucuba and constitutes its chief ornamental feature ; its flowers and fruits are excelled in beauty by those of most Alfred Rehdek. Arnold Arboretum. 1 Don's Prodromus Florce Nepalensis, the preface of which is dated October, 1824, \ 1825, while part 13 of Blume's Bijdragen containing the description of Viburnum coriaceum could a the end of 1825, as it was the last of the thirteen parts published in that year, part 14 being dated 2 Bean, The Garden, lvi. 79 (1899). Viburnum cylindricum has flowered in the Vilmorin Arbore EXPLANATION OF THE PLATE. Plate CXLIII. Viburnum cylindeicum. 1. A flowering branch, natural size. 2. A flower, enlarged. 3. A flower with the corolla displayed, enlarged. 4. A fruiting branch, natural size. 5. A stone, dorsal view, enlarged. 6. A stone, ventral view, enlarged. 7. Cross section of a stone, enlarged. The plate is made from Wilson's specimens collected in western Hu VIBURNUM CVLIXDRICUM, Hamilt TREES AND SHRUBS. VIBURNUM PYRAMID ATTJM, Rehd. VlBUBNUM PYRAMIDATUM, n. sp. Leaves chartaceous, ovate-oblong to oblong, acuminate, narrowed at the base, denticulate-serrate, dark green, glabrous and lustrous on the upper surface, light green and loosely covered with fas- ciculate hairs on the lower surface, especially on the six or seven pairs of anastomosing veins, from 8 to 19 centimetres long and from 4 to 8 centimetres broad ; petioles 1.5 to 2.5 centimetres in length, densely fasciculate-pilose. Corymbs terminal, pyramidal in outline, from 5 to 6 centime- tres in diameter and about as high, consisting of three or four remote whorls of from four to six rays, decreasing in size toward the apex ; peduncle from 2 to 4 centimetres long, densely yellow- ish fasciculate-pilose like the rays ; flowers mostly on rays of the third order ; ovary cylindric, glabrous, with ovate sparingly ciliate calyx-teeth about half as long as the tube ; corolla rotate, about 4 millimetres in diameter, with ovate lobes; stamens slightly shorter than the corolla; anthers oval ; style cylindric, exceeding the calyx-teeth. Drupe narrow-oblong, about 1 centimetre long and from 4 to 5 millimetres broad, crowned by the persistent calyx, apparently dark red ; stone compressed and slightly curved, with two deep grooves on the ventral side and one shallower dorsal groove ; seed densely covered with red resinous glands ; albumen ruminate. A tree, 6 or 7 metres high, with terete branchlets furnished with fascicled and stellate yellowish hairs, and becoming in their second year glabrescent and light grayish yellow. Winter-buds with one pair of scales. China : Yunnan, Mengtze, altitude 1700 metres, A. Henry (No. 11475). Viburnum pyramidatum is closely related to Viburnum lutescens, Blume ( V. sundaicum, Miquel), but is easily distin- guished from that species by the pubescent branchlets and by the pubescence on the under surface of the leaves. In foliage it also resembles the Himalaya Viburnum Colebrookianum, Wallich, but that species is very different in the absence of the deep ventral furrows of the stone, in its solid albumen and lateral corymbs. Alfred Rehder. Arnold Arboretum. EXPLANATION OF THE PLATE. Plate CXLIV. Viburnum pyramidatum. 1. A flowering branch, natural size. 2. A flower with the corolla displayed, enlarged. 3. A fruiting branch, natural size. 4. A stone, ventral view, enlarged. 5. A stone, dorsal view, enlarged. 6. Cross section of a stone. C. E. Faxon id. VIIiriiXUM PYBAMIDATUM, R.-bl. TREES AND SHRUBS. VIBURNUM SEMPERVIRENS, K. Koch. Viburnum semper virens, K. Koch, Hort.Dendr. 300 (1853); Wochenschr. Gaertn. Pjianzenk. x. ?09. — Oersted, Videnskb. Medd. fra Nat. For. Kjbbenh. xii. (1860), 299, t. 6, f. 28-31. — Vatke, Ind. Sem. Hort. Berol. 1875, appx. 1. — Maxiniowicz, Bull. Acad. Sci. St. Peter sbourg, xxvi. 479; Mel. Biol. x. 6^1. — Hemsley, Jour. Linn. Soc. xxiii. 355. Viburnum nervosum, Hooker & Arnott, Bot. Voy. Beechey, 190 (not Don) (1833). — Champion & Bentham, Hooker Jour. Bot. and Kew Gard. Misc. iv. 166. Viburnum venulosum, Bentham, Fl. Hongkong, 142 (1861). Leaves coriaceous, persistent, elliptic to elliptic-ovate or rarely oval, acute or shortly acuminate at the apex, narrowed at the base, entire or furnished with a few remote teeth near the apex, more or less distinctly three-nerved by the greater development of the lowest pair of veins, dark green, glabrous and lustrous above, lighter green, glabrous and dotted beneath with minute black glands, and from 4 to 9 centimetres long, with three or four pairs of primary veins anastomosing before reaching the margins, impressed on the upper surface, prominent on the lower surface and connected by distinct transverse veinlets ; petioles nearly terete, from 5 to 10 millimetres long, glabrous or rarely furnished with a few scattered hairs. Corymbs terminal, umbelliform, glabrous, from 4 to 5 centimetres in diameter, nearly sessile, or on quadrangular peduncles not exceeding 1 centimetre in length ; rays usually five, the central one the shortest, furnished with glabrous linear-lanceolate caducous bracts ; flowers on rays of the third order, sessile ; ovary ovoid, glabrous like the semiorbicular calyx-teeth ; corolla rotate, glabrous, about 4 millimetres in diameter, the suborbicular lobes scarcely longer than the tube ; stamens slightly exceeding the corolla ; anthers broadly oval ; style short and thick, slightly exceeding the calyx-lobes. Drupe red, globose-ovoid, crowned by the persistent calyx ; stone much compressed, about 6 millimetres high and 5 milli- metres broad, concave on the ventral side, convex on the dorsal side. A glabrous shrub, with grayish brown branches, and pale yellow quadrangular branchlets, becoming in their second year reddish brown, lustrous, and nearly terete. Winter-buds with two pairs of scales. China: Hongkong, C. Ford, C. Wright; Anwhei and Kwangtung (ex Hemsley); Yunnan, Szemeo, altitude 1600 metres, A. Henry (No. 12753). The Yunnan specimen collected by Henry differs from the type of Viburnum sempervirens in the presence of scattered fasciculate hairs on the inflorescence, petioles, and on the under side of the midribs of the leaves ; but as the specimen does not otherwise differ from Viburnum sempervirens, and as a few scattered hairs occnr on the petioles and inflorescence of Wright's specimen from Hongkong in Herb. Gray, the Yunnan plant can hardly be considered a different species. Alfred Rehder. Arnold Arboretum. EXPLANATION OF THE PLATE. Plate CXLV. Viburnum sempervikens. 1. A flowering branch, natural size. 2. A flower with the corolla displayed, enlarged. 3. A fruiting branch, natural size. 4. A stone, dorsal view, enlarged. 5. A stone, ventral view, enlarged. 6. Cross section of a stone, enlarged. 7. Longitudinal section of a stone, enlarged. Figures 1 to 3 were made from Hongkong specimens preserved i: Gray Herbarium ; figures 4 to 7, from Henry's Yunnan specimens served in the Herbarium of the Arnold Arboretum. VIBURNUM SEMI'EilVIRKXS, K. Koch TREES AND SHRUBS. VIBUBXUM LTTZONICUM, Rolfe. rnum luzonicum, Rolfe, Jour. Linn. Soc. xxi. 310 (1884). ives membranaceous, ovate, acuminate, rounded or broadly cuneate at the base, sinuate-dentate and ciliate on the margins, dark yellowish green above and sparingly furnished with furcate hairs most abundant on the veins, lighter green below and soft-pubescent with fasciculate hairs, par- ticularly on the veins, from 4 to 6 centimetres long and from 2 to 3.5 centimetres broad, with from five to six pairs of straight veins ending in the teeth ; petioles from 3 to 5 millimetres in length, densely fulvous-pubescent. Corymbs terminal, short-stalked, from 3 to 4 centimetres in diameter, densely fulvous-pubescent ; rays four or five of almost equal length ; flowers on rays of the second or third order ; ovary ovoid, 1 millimetre long, densely fulvous-pubescent like the short ovate calyx-lobes ; corolla rotate, from 4 to 5 millimetres in diameter, pilose outside, its lobes ovate, longer than the tube ; stamens shorter than the corolla ; anthers oval, yellow ; style short, conical. Drupe ovoid, red (not seen). < A slender-branched shrub, with densely fulvous-pubescent branchlets, becoming reddish brown in their second season and nearly glabrous the following year. Winter-buds with two pairs of scales. Philippine Islands : Luzon, Province Benguet, March, 1907, A. D.E.Elmer (No. 8655 in Herb. Arnold Arboretum). A variety from Formosa is Viburnum l Viburnur, Viburnum dilatatum, /3 formosanum, Maximo wicz, Bull. Acad. Sci. St. Petersbourg, xxvi. 489 (1880) ; Ma. Biol. x. 666. Viburnum erosum, Hemsley, Jour. Linn. Soe. xxiii. 351 (in part, not Thunberg) (1888). — Henry, As. Soc. Jap. Trans, xxiv, suppl. 49. — Matsumura & Hyata, Jour. Coll. Sci. Tokio, xxii. 180 (Enum. PI. Formosa). This form differs from the type in the firmer chartaceous leaves glabrous above except on the midribs, less pubescent beneath, and sometimes nearly glabrous at maturity, and in the less pubescent- branchlets and inflorescence. The drupe is ovoid, red, crowned by the persistent calyx, with a stone broadly ovoid, pointed at the apex and truncate at the base, much compressed, with three shallow ventral grooves and two very shallow dorsal grooves, 5 millimetres long and 4 millimetres broad. The branchlets often bear below the terminal corymb one or several pairs of corymbs on short lateral branchlets. Formosa: Tamsui, 1864, B. Oldham (Nos. 204 and 206 in Herb. Gray), Bankinsing, A. Henry (Nos. 161 and 569 in Herb. Arnold Arboretum), South Cape, A. Henry (Nos. 607, 652, 949, 1272 in Herb. Arnold Arboretum), Okaseki, U. Faurie (No. 281 in Herb. Arnold Arboretum). The characters by which the Formosa plant differs from the type from the Philippine Islands do not seem to be sufficient to separate it as a different species. From Viburnum dilatatum, Thunberg, however, with which Maximowicz placed it, it differs in the smaller ovate leaves, the shorter stamens, the nearly sessile corymb, and the smaller flowers and fruits. According to Dr. Henry, the savages of Formosa make bows of the wood. Arnold Arboretum. EXPLANATION OF THE PLATE. Plate CXLVI. Viburnum ltjzonicum. 1. A flowering branch, natural size. 2. A flower bud, enlarged. 3. A flower with the corolla displayed, enlarged. 4. A fruiting branch of Viburnum luzonicum, var. formosanum, natural size. 5. A stone of the same variety, dorsal view, enlarged. 6. A stone of the same variety, ventral view, enlarged. 7. Cross section of a stone of the same variety, enlarged. Figures 1 to 3 are made from Elmer's No. 8655, and figures 4 to 7 from Jenry's No. 1272. VIBURNUM LUZOMCUM. Rolfe TREES AND SHRUBS. VIBUEOTM BETULIFOLIUM, Batal. Viburnum betulifolium, Batalin, Act. Hort. Petrop. xiii. 371 (1894). Viburnum Willeanum, Griibner, EngUr^ot. Jahrb. xxix. 589 (1901). Leaves deciduous, ovate to rhombic-ovate and from 3 to 6 centimetres long and from 2 to 4 centimetres broad, or rarely elliptic-oblong and from 6 to 8 centimetres long and from 2 to 4.5 centimetres broad, acute or short-acuminate, broadly cuneate at the base, coarsely dentate except the lower third, with four or five pairs of straight veins, glabrous and dark green on the upper surface, lighter green and glabrous on the lower surface with the exception of a few simple hairs on the veins ; petioles slender, from 1 to 1.5 centimetres in length, sparingly hairy or glabrous, furnished near the base with two small stipules. Corymbs terminal, umbelliform, from 6 to 10 centimetres in diameter, on peduncles from 1 to 2 centimetres long, or occasionally shorter, and glabrous or slightly hairy ; rays usually seven, sparingly covered with short fascicled hairs or sometimes nearly glabrous; flowers on rays of the third and fourth order; ovary glandular and sparingly hairy ; calyx-teeth minute, broadly triangular, ciliate ; corolla rotate, glabrous, scarcely 5 millimetres in diameter, the lobes orbicular-ovate, longer than the tube; stamens exceeding the corolla ; anthers oval, yellow ; style short, conical, scarcely exceeding the calyx-lobes. Drupe red, subglobose, about 6 millimetres high ; stone compressed, 3.5 millimetres high and 3 millimetres broad, with three very shallow ventral grooves and two equally shallow dorsal grooves. A shrub, with glabrous branches, and branchlets purple or purplish brown during their first and second years, later becoming marked by longitudinal fissures. Winter-buds with two pairs of scales. China : Kansu, Tshagon, July, 1885, and Fen-shan-ling, September, 1885, G. N. Potanin (Herb. St. Petersburg) ; Hupeh, A. Henry (No. 6262), Patung, E. H. Wilson (No. 1407) ; Szech'uan, Nan-chuan, A. von Rosthorn (No. 1910 in Herb. Christiania). Viburnum betulifolium seems most closely related to Viburnum Wrightii, Miquel, but differs chiefly in the pre- sence of stipules, in the more coarsely serrate ovate or rhombic-ovate leaves, with fewer veins, and in the glandular and hairy ovary. The type specimens of Viburnum betulifolium do not differ in the least from the type of Viburnum Willeanum. As Mr. Wilson collected mature seeds of this species, plants of it are probably now growing in the Veitchian nur- series near London. As an ornamental shrub Viburnum betulifolium will probably be as valuable as Viburnum Wrightii, and, like that species, will doubtless be a handsome object in flower and in fruit Alfred Rehder. Arnold Arboretum. EXPLANATION OF THE PLATE. Plate CXLVII. Viburnum betulifolium. 1. A flowering branch, natural size. 2. A flower with the corolla displayed, enlarged. 3. A fruiting branch, natural size. 4. A stone, dorsal view, enlarged. 5. A stone, ventral view, enlarged. 6. Cross section of a stone, enlarged. The plate was made from the type specimens from Kansu preserv the Herbarium of the Imperial Botanic Garden at St. Petersburg. III. Lig. Pl. VIBURNUM BETULTFOLIUM, TREES AND SHRUBS. VIBUBNUM LOBOPHYLLUM, Geabn. ViTTTRmTM lobophyllum, Grabner, Engler Bot. Jahrb. xxix. 589 (1901). Leaves membranaceous, ovate to orbicular-ovate or sometimes broadly obovate, acuminate or abruptly acuminate at tbe apex, rounded, truncate or rarely broadly cuneate at the base, dentate, with shallow mucronate teeth, yellowish green and glabrous or sparingly hairy and pubescent on the midribs above, lighter green and glabrous beneath, with the exception of sparse loosely appressed hairs on the midribs and veins, from 6 to 11 centimetres long and from 4 to 8.5 centi- metres broad, with six or seven pairs of straight veins, and transverse veinlets conspicuous beneath ; petioles slender, from 1.5 to 3 centimetres in length, furnished near the base with two small some- times caducous stipules. Corymbs terminal, from 5 to 10 centimetres in diameter, on peduncles from 2 to 3 centimetres long or occasionally shorter, and thinly and minutely pubescent and glandular like the rays, or rarely glabrescent ; rays seven, slender ; flowers mostly on rays of the third order, pedicellate ; ovary ellipsoid or nearly cylindric, about 1 millimetre long, glandular and usually furnished with a few simple hairs ; calyx-lobes orbicular-ovate, ciliate or nearly glabrous ; corolla rotate, 6 millimetres in diameter, the lobes orbicular-ovate, longer than the tube ; stamens exceed- ing the corolla; anthers oval, yellow; style about twice as long as the calyx-lobes, cylindric. Drupe subglobose, bright red, about 7 millimetres high ; stone flattened, suborbicular, rounded at the base, pointed at the apex, and 5.5 millimetres high and broad, with one shallow ventral groove and two shallow dorsal grooves. A shrub, with upright branches, and pale yellowish brown branchlets sparingly hairy when they first appear, becoming glabrous and dark reddish brown at the end of their first year. Winter-buds with two pairs of scales, glabrous, reddish brown. China: Shensi, In-kia'u, August, 1896, "in alto monte Ngo-san," September, 1899, and "in alto monte Thae-pei-san," August, 1899, G. Giraldi (Nos. 1467, 2555, 2556 in Herb. Florence) ; Hupeh, A. Henry (Nos. 2885, 6250), E. H. Wilson (No. 900); Szech'uan, A. Henry (No. 8930). Viburnum lobophyllum is most nearly related to Viburnum Wrightii, Miquel, but differs from that species in the longer petioles with stipules, the glandular inflorescence, and the cylindric style ; from the allied Viburnum betuli- folium, Batalin, it may be distinguished by the shape of the leaves and their pubescent veins, the longer peduncles, smaller corymbs, and by the shape of the stone. Of the flowering specimens, Henry's No. 8930, referred by Hemsley to Viburnum dilatatum, Thunberg, agrees perfectly with the type in the shape of the leaves except that they are smaller, while in the other flowering specimens the leaves are more or less distinctly ovate. The original description of Viburnum lobophyllum is somewhat misleading, as the leaves are described as three-lobed or entire and crenate, but the leaves can hardly be called lobed or their margins crenate. The leaves which show the nearest approach to being lobed are not different in shape from the broadly obovate leaves of Viburnum Wrightii, Gray, and Viburnum dilatatum, Thunberg, in which the almost truncate or slightly sinuate apex is abruptly con- tracted into the acumen. Alfred Rehder. Arnold Arboretum. EXPLANATION OF THE PLATE. Plate CXLVIII. Vibubnum lobophyllum. 1. A flowering branch, natural size. 2. A flower with the corolla displayed, enlarged. 3. A fruiting branch, natural size. 4. A stone, ventral view, enlarged. 5. A stone, dorsal view, enlarged. 6. Cross section of a stone, enlarged. ires 1 and 2 are made from Henry's No. 8930 preserved in the rinm ; figures 3 to 6 from Giraldi's No. 1467 preserved in the C. E. Faxon del. VII'.rKM'M LoIioPI TREES AND SHRUBS. VIBURNUM DASYANTHUM, Rehd. VlBTTKlTUM DASYANTHTJM, n. Sp. Leaves membranaceous, ovate or elliptic to oblong, long-acuminate, rounded at tbe base, remotely denticulate, dark green and glabrous on the upper surface, lighter green and nearly glabrous on the lower surface, from 6 to 12 centimetres long and from 2.5 to 5.5 centimetres broad, with six or seven pairs of straight veins slightly pilose like the midribs below and furnished with tufts of axillary hairs ; petioles slender, from 1.5 to 2 centimetres in length, glabrous and purplish. Corymbs terminal, lax, from 8 to 10 centimetres in diameter, on glabrous purplish peduncles from 1 to 3 centimetres long ; rays usually seven, sometimes five, glabrous, their rami- fications densely villous ; flowers on rays of the third or fourth order ; ovary ovoid, 1 millimetre ^ng, densely villous like the short broadly ovate calyx-teeth; corolla campanulate-rotate, densely villous outside, the lobes ovate, slightly longer than the tube; stamens exceeding the corolla; "~ - ithers oval, yellow. Drupe ovoid, red, about 8 millimetres in length ; stone broadly ovoid, com- p3. pointed at the apex, rounded at the base, with one ventral groove and two shallow dorsal ^ seed smooth, reddish. \, about 2.5 metres high (according to Wilson), with glabrous and lustrous branchlets, |\i brown or dark purple branches. Winter-buds with two pairs of scales. Tfapeh, Patung, E. H. Wilson (No. 2218 in Herb. Arnold Arboretum). thum is most closely related to Viburnum betulifolium, Batalin, but is easily distinguished from that flowers and raylets, and by the shape and serration of the leaves. Alfred Kehdek. EXPLANATION OF THE PLATE. ,- ~% Plate CXLIX. Viburnum dastanthum. V y 1. A flowering branch, natural size. 2. A flower bud, enlarged. 3. A flower with the corolla displayed, enlarged. 4. A fruiting branch, enlarged. 5. A stone, dorsal view, enlarged. 6. A stone, ventral view, enlarged. 7. Cross section of a stone, enlarged. / I \ E. Faxon del. VIBURNUM DA8YANTHUM, Behd. TREES AND SHRUBS. YIBTTKTOM ICHANGENSE, Eehd. VlBURNUM ICHANGENSE, n. Sp. Viburnum erosum, ve^^hangense, Hemsley, Jour. Linn. Soc. xxiii. 352 (in part) (1888). — Griibner, Engler Bot. Jahrb. xxix. 589. Viburnum erosum, var. setchuense, Griibner, Engler Bot. Jahrb. xxix. 589 (1901). Leaves membranaceous, ovate to ovate-lanceolate, acuminate, truncate or subcordate at the base, dentate, yellowish green and loosely covered on the upper surface -with furcate or fascicled hairs borne on minute tubercles, more or less stellate-tomentose on the lower surface, particularly on the veins, the tomentum interspersed on the midribs with loosely appressed simple hairs, from 3.5 to 6.5 centimetres long and from 1.2 to 3 centimetres broad, with from six to nine pairs of straight veins ending in the teeth ; petioles from 3 to 7 millimetres in length, pubescent, furnished with subulate persistent stipules. Corymbs terminal and lateral, from 2 to 4 centimetres in diameter, pubescent, on slender peduncles from 1 to 2 centimetres long ; rays four or five, subtended like the raylets and flowers by linear pubescent bractlets ; flowers on rays of the first and second order ; ovary obovoid, 1.5 millimetres high, stellate-tomentose like the broadly ovate calyx-teeth ; corolla rotate, 5 millimetres in diameter, glabrous ; the lobes orbicular-ovate ; stamens as long or some- what shorter than the corolla ; anthers suborbicular, yellow ; style short, conical, as long as the calyx-lobes. Drupe ovoid, from 6 to 7 millimetres high, crowned by the persistent calyx-lobes, usually covered with scattered stellate hairs ; stone 6 millimetres high and 4.5 millimetres broad, much compressed, with three shallow ventral grooves and two shallow dorsal grooves; seed brown. A shrub, with slender branches covered with stellate and long simple hairs during their first year, becoming glabrescent and usually light grayish brown in their second season and reddish brown the following year. Winter-buds small, pubescent, with two pairs of scales. China : Hupeh, A. Henry (Nos. 232, 1888, 2289, 5271, 5476, 6594), E. H. Wilson (Nos. 364, 569, 946) ; Szech'uan, S. Wushan (No. 5276), and N. Wushan, A. Henry (No. 7052), A. von Bosthom (Nos. 2298, 2299 in Herb. Christiania). Viburnum ichangense is most closely related to Viburnum erosum, Thunberg, but is readily distinguished from that species by the densely pubescent ovary, the smaller corymbs, and the smaller ovate to ovate-lanceolate distinctly acumi- nate leaves. Henry's No. 232, from which Rosthorn's specimens described by Grabner as Viburnum erosum, var. setchuense, cannot be distinguished, must be considered the type of Hemsley's Viburnum erosum, var. ichangense. Grabner may have compared Rosthorn's specimens with Henry's No. 1888, also quoted by Hemsley under his Vibur- num erosum, var. ichangense. This, however, differs in its larger glabrescent leaves and may be a distinct variety, but w thout flowers I cannot venture a definite opinion in regard to it. Twenty-one species of Viburnum from eastern Asia have now been figured and described in this work ; and as the preparation of these plates and descriptions has made it necessary to study other Asiatic species of the genus, it seems desirable to give the following enumeration of all the known Japanese and Chinese Viburnums, especially as nearly three times as many are now known as there were in 1880 when Maximowicz wrote the last revision of the Asiatic Viburnums. This enumeration has been made possible through the kindness of the keepers of the Herbaria at Kew, Florence, St. Petersburg, and Christiania, who have loaned the Arboretum the type specimens of the species not represented in the collections of Harvard University. THE VIBURNUMS OF EASTERN ASIA. CONSPECTUS OF THE SECTIONS, yn- f bs paniculate, with opposite ramifications; drupes black or purple; stone with a deep ventral furrow. I. Thtrsosma. TREES AND SHRUBS. mch flattened, with shallow grooves; shrubs with stellate tomentum. III. Lantaha. Winter-buds perulate, with one or two pairs of scales; shrubs with mostly fasciculate pubescence or glabrescent. Leaves dentate or entire, penninerved. Drupes bluish black or purple; winter-buds with one pair of scales; leaves entire or denticulate, with usually Stone more or less compressed and grooved, ovoid to oblong. IV. Megalotinus. Stone globose-ovoid, without grooves; albumen deeply ruminate; leaves persistent, glabrous; drupe bluish black. V. Tinus. Drupes bright red ; stone ovoid to broadly ovate-ovoid, with three ventral and two dorsal furrows often obsolete ; leaves dentate, with the veins ending in the teeth (usually entire in No. 44), sometimes stipulate; winter- buds with two pairs of scales. VI. Odontotinus. Leaves lobed, palminerved; petioles stipulate; drupes red. VII. Opulus. CONSPECTUS AND ENUMERATION OF THE SPECIES. I. Thyesosma, n. sect. Leaves entire or dentate, without stipules; corymbs paniculate, with opposite ramifications; drupe ovoid to ellipsoid, bluish black or purple; stone slightly compressed, with a deep ventral furrow; albumen ruminate or solid; easily distinguished from the other sections by its paniculate inflorescence; the ruminate and also deeply furrowed albumen occurs also in the section Pseudotinus (Thyrsosma, Rafinesque, Sylva Telluriana, 130 [1838]). Stamens inserted at varying heights in the elongated corolla-tube; flowers appearing before the leaves; leaves deciduous, serrate, with straight veins. Leaves pubescent on the veins beneath; panicles many-flowered. 1. V. fragrans. Leaves glabrous beneath; panicles few-flowered. 2. V. nervosum. Stamens inserted at the same height; flowers appearing after the leaves. Corolla rotate or campanulate-rotate. Albumen not ruminate; leaves serrate, with straight or slightly anastomosing veins. Leaves rounded at the apex, with the veins ending in the teeth, usually stellate-pube Leaves with five or six pairs of veins, from 4 to 6 centimetres long; panicles fasci branchlets. 3. V. yunnanense. Leaves with from eight to twelve pairs of veins, from 6 to 12 centimetres long; panicles nearly glabrous, on four or six-leaved branchlets. 4. V. Sieboldii. Leaves acute or acuminate, with often slightly anastomosing veins, glabrous; panicles glabrous. 5. V. Henryi. Albumen slightly ruminate; leaves entire or serrulate, with anastomosing veins, glabrous. Panicles large and broad, glabrous; leaves entire or with a few blunt teeth, bluntly acuminate, large, persistent. 6. V. ODORATI8SIMUM. Panicles narrow, and together with the peduncles scarcely exceeding 5 centimetres in length, pubescent; leaves serrate or entire, acuminate. 7. V. brachybotryum. Corolla infundibuliform. Leaves acuminate, serrate, deciduous; panicles slender. Panicles many-flowered ; leaves membranaceous, mostly oval, serrate, with spreading teeth and partly straight veins, 8. V. ucntom. Panicles few-flowered; leaves chartaceous, generally elliptic-lanceolate, sharply serrate, with incurved teeth and Leaves obtuse, oval, entire orcrenately serrate, persistent; panicles short and dense; flowers sessile. 1. Viburnum fragrans, Bunge, Mem. Sav. ttr. Acad. Sci. St. Petersburg, ii. 107 (1833); Enum. PI. Chin. Bar. 33.— I Walpers, Rep. ii. 451. — Maximowicz, Bull. Acad. Sci. St. Petersburg, xxvi. 485; Mel. Biol. x. 659. — Hemsley, Jour. Linn. Soc. xxiii. 352. China: Chili and Kansu (ex Hemsley). This species was first described and figured in 1768 by J. G. Gmelin in his Flora Sibirica, iii. 135, t. 25, as Lonicera. 2. Viburnum nervosum, Don, Prodr. Fl. Nepal. 141 (1824). -De Candolle, Prodr. iv. 327. —Hooker f. & Thomson, Jour. Linn. Soc. ii. 178. — Brandis, Forest Fl. Brit. Ind. 259; Indian Trees, 363, f. 152. — Clarke, Hooker f. Fl. Brit. Ind. iii. 8.- Franchet, Nouv. Arch. Mus. Paris, se"r. 2, viii. 252; PI. David, i. 69. — Grabner, Engler Bot. Jahrb. xxix. 587. Viburnum grandiflorum, Wallich, ex De Candolle, Prodr. iv. 329 (1830). Solenotinus nervosus, Oersted, Vidensk. Medd. fra Nat. For. Kjbbenh. xii. 295 (1860). "^ China: Szech'uan, Mupin (ex Franchet); also on the Himalayas. inded or narrowed at the base, crenately set TREES AND BHBUB8. 107 except the lower third, dull green and glabrous with the exception of a few bain along the veins on the npper surface, pale preen and covered with minute whitish glands on the lower surface, and from 3 to 6 centimetres long (only partly grown), with fire or six pairs of veins fasciculate-pilose beneath; petioles grooved above, about 1 centimetre in ssfth, .1. »«.U fao-i.-ulate-pilMMMt. Panicles terminal and lateral, on short two-leaved branchleU, long-stalked, rather denae and nearly hemispherical I centimetres in diameter, with opposite ratifications subtended by lanceolate ciliate bracts; peduncle from 2 to 3 centimetres as length and, like the whole iaflofi -ceiice, densely fasciculate-pubescent; ovary slightly glandular; calyx-teeth orbicular-ovate, sparing!} ciliate; corolla rotate, glabrous, about 5 millimetres in diameter, the lobes orbicular-ovate; stamens not exceeding the iorolla; anthers oval, yellow; style short and thick, about equaling the calyx-teeth. Fruits unknown. A shrub (or tree ?), with generally forked somewhat tortuous branches, and densely fasciculate-pubescent branchleU, becoming light yellowish pray in their second year and later grayish brown. Winter-buds small, probably with two outer scales. Flowers appear with the leaves. China: Yunnan, Mengtie, mountain forest, altitude 2300 metres, A. Henry (No. 11015 ... H.-rl. Arnold Arboretum). Viburnum yunnanense is closely related to Viburnum Sirboldii, Miquel. which differs from it chiefly in its much larger mora coarsely serrate leaves, with from eight to twelve pairs of veins, and in iU larger glabrous or nearly glabrous inflorescence borne on branchleU furnished with two or three pairs of leaves. 4. Viburnum Sikbolmi, Miquel, Ann. Mus. Lugd.-liat. ii. '2(17 (1800); PrxJ. Fl. Jap. 155 Franchet A Sav.t.cr, Rmtm. PL Jap. i. 201. — Maximowicz, Bull. Acad. Sci. St. P,t,r.-h„nr, l . m P e T stW and Forest, ii. 556, f. 145. — Dippel, Ilawlh. Laubholzk. i. 190, f. 119. — Koehne, Deutsche Dendr. 536. — Shirasawa, Icon. Ess. Fl. J„, f. 17-32. — Hehder, Bailey Cycl. Am. Hort. iv. 1924, f. 2001. Japan: Hondo, Fuji-san. 1891, K. Watanabe, Otome-togi, Hakone mounUins, 1892, C. 8. Sargent. M Veitch, Akita, 1904, U. Faurie (No. 5982 in Herb. Arnold Arboretum); Kiu-siu, Kun.lsho-san. 1863. MMsMste I axils of the veins and cted by Faurie " in humidis in its very large and lax c Akita" differs in i irTShis Cycl. Am. Hort. iv. 1! 5. Viburnum He> 6. Viburnum odo: )24 (1902) (V. reticulatum, Hort.); mtt, Hemsley. See p. 35, t. 116. ratissimum, Ker, Bet. Reg. vi. t. 456 (1820). - De Candolle, P t 253. — Si ebold&Z. icearini, Abhand. Akad. Miin ,-h. iv. pt. iii. 173. - IVl.tha.n. Fl Km Bat. ii. 268; Prol. Fl. Jap. 156.— Franchet & Sa Enum. PI. .1 xxvi. 478; Met. Biol. : x. 649. -Clarke, Hooker f. fTwulsj. Tfir Laubholzk. i i. 199, f. 127. — Shirasawa, Icon. Ess . /■'/. j fap. i. 132, t. Hayata, Jo, Viburn Viburn it. Coll. S, •a. Tokyo (Enum. PI. Formosa), xxi e, Zeyher, Verz. Gem. Schwetzingen, ns, Loiseleur-Deslongchamps, fieri 198 (nomen I iudum) (1819). — S vii. t. m QMM). Thyrso Microti Colla, Hort. Ripul. 145(18'. sis, Rafinesque, Sylva Tellur A). Viburnum Atcahucki, K. Koch, Wochenschr. <„„n; /' HMsfc x. 108 (1867). Japan: Hondo, Yokohama. IS02, Marimo'ricz ; Kiu-siu. Nagasaki, 1M.-J. -' 'K IS53 56, T Wright (N.,. 108), Yakushima, 1900, U. Faurie (No. 3989 in Herb. Arnold Arboretum ). EsM U. Faurie (No. 677 in Herb. Arnold Arboretum). Formosa: Bankinsing, A. Henry (Hi PsTBghf, C. Wilford, C. Wright; Fokien, Swinhoe (ex Hemsley). Also on the Khasia Hills, India, and in the Philippine Islands; often cultivated in temperate regions and as a greenhouse shrub in cold climates. The northern form, which has the tube of the corolla longer than the limb, has been distinguished by Koch as 1 lAurnum Awa- bucki, but it is hardly well marked enough to deserve varietal rank. 7 Viburnum brachybotryum, Hemsley, Jour. Linn. Soc. xxiii. 349 (1888). — Grabner, Engler Bot. Jahrb. xxix. 587. China: Hupeh, Ichang, A . Hmr\ (Nos. 3324 ex Hemsley, 628, 7302). 8 Viburnum erubescens Wallich, PI. A$. Bar. ii. 29, t. 134 (1830). — De Candolle, Prodr. iv. 329. — Thwaites, Enum. PLZeylan. 138. -Hooker f. & Thomson, Jour. Linn. Soc. ii. 177. - Brandis, Forest Fl. Brit. Ind.2o»; Indian Trees, 363, f 151. — Clarke, Hooker/. Fl. Brit. Ind. iii. 7. — Grabner, Engler Bot. Jahrb. xxix. 584. Viburnum Wightianum, Wallich, PI. As. Rar. ii. 29 (1830). - Wight, Icon. t. 1024. - Wight & Arnott, Prodr. Fl. Ind. 388. Viburnum pubigerum, Wight & Arnott, Prodr. Fl. Ind. 389 (1834). Solenotinus erubescens, Oersted, Vidensk. Medd.fra Nat. For. Kjobenh. xii. 395 (1860). Viburnum Prattii, Grabner, Engler Bot. Jahrb. xxix. 584 (1901). China- Szech'nan Ta Uien-lu Pratt (ex Grabner), A. Henry (Nos. 5691, 5605 A), E. H. Wilson (No. 3734), Mt. Ome., E. H. Wilson (No. 5024);' Hupeh, A. Henry (Nos. 6488,6943), E. H.Wdson (No. 1382); Shensi, G. Giraldi (No.. 1779,2548,2557,2558 m i cannot wah C Giraldi's specimens before me separate Viburnum Prattii from Viburnum erubescens; it seems to differ only in its larger flowers for the leaves are hardly more pubescent than those of Viburnum erubescens, and a mere variation in the size of flowers is scarcely sufficient for specific distinction. I am unable to say if the Chinese Viburnum erubescens is identical with the 108 TREES AND SHRUBS. type, as I hare not seen Wallich's specimens. The former differ certainly considerably from some of the Himalyan specimens in the texture and venation of the leaves. 9. Viburnum oliganthum, Batalin, Act. Hort. Petrop. xiii. 372 (1894). — Grabner, Engler Bot. Jahrb. xxix. 584. China: Szech'uan, A. Henri, (No. 8934), Mt. Omei, E. H. Wilson (No. 522). On Wilson's specimen the leaves are larger and usually serrate from near the base, and the inflorescence is nine to sixteen- fiowered; it agrees otherwise with the type. 10. Viburnum suspensum, Lindley, Jour. Hort. Soc. Land. viii. 130 (1853). — Jacques, Jour. Soc. Hort. Paris, vi. 410. Viburnum Sandanhva, Hasskarl, Retzia, i. 37 (1856). — Miquel, Ann. Mus. Lugd.-Bat. ii. 268; Prol. Fl. Jap. 156. — Wal- pers, Ann. v. 96. — Franchet & Savatier, Enum. PI. Jap. i. 201. — Bot. Mag. ci. t. 6172. — Maximowicz, Bull. Acad. Sci. St. Petersburg, xxvi. 477; Mel. Biol. x. 649. — Hemsley, Jour. Linn. Soc. xxiii. 355. — Dippel, Handb. Laubholzk. i. 200, f. 128. cultivated in Japan and Java, and was introduced into Europe Clarke, and terminal, or peduncled and lateral, with radiant flowers with a deep ventral furrow; albumen deeply ruminate (except I winter-buds and tomentum Nos. 11 to 13 show a close affinity bumen to the preceding section, while Nos. 14 and 15 by their Leaves deciduous, den tate or denti ulate; corym bs sessil (except No. 11); drupes ovoid. . n or bluish b ack; ston Nos. 14 and 15); shrubs with St their na] to the following section, the f rrowed and lateral corymbs show son .; rclat on to No. 40 of Sec ion IV. Albumen ruminate; cory mbste minal winter-buds naked. Corymbs without rac iitnt Ii. ■vers eaves deeply cordate, Corymbs with radian t flowe Leaves deeply c .rdate • t the >ase, broadly oumI.m atth o oblong- Albumen solid; corymbs iteral with adiant flower Leaves with five or s ix pair of ve us, obtusely s errate fro to oblong-ovate. 11. V. c not stipulate. 12. V. I ; petioles stipulate. 13. V. s with one pair of scales. ar the middle; stamens slightly shorter than the corolla. 14. V. Hanceanum. eight to twelve pairs of veins, sharply serrate from near the base 11. Viburnum cordifolium, Wallich. See p. 81, t. 138. 12. Viburnum furcatum, Blume. See p. 41, t. 119. 13. Viburnum sympodiale, Grabner. See p. 83, t. 139. 14. Viburnum Hanceanum, Maximowicz, Bull. Acad. Sci. St. Petersbourg, xxvi. 487 (1880); Mel. Biol. x. 662. — Koehn° Deutsche Dendr. 536. Viburnum tomentosum, Hance, Jour. Bot. viii. 273 (not Thunberg) (1870). China: Kwantung, Pakwan, hills above Canton, Sampson (Herb. Hance in Herb. St. Petersburg). 15. Viburnum tomentosum, Thunberg, Fl. Jap. 123 (not Lamarck) (1784). — De Candolle, Prodr. iv. 329. — Siebold & Zuc- carini, Fl. Jap. i. 81, t. 37; Abhand. Akad. Munch, iv. pt. iii. 171. — Franchet & Savatier, Enum. PI. Jap. i. 199. — Koch, Dendr. ii. pt. i. 58. — Maximowicz, Bull. Acad. Sci. St. Pitersbourg, xxvi. 486; Mel. Biol. x. 661. — Hemsley, Jour. Linn. Soc. xxiii.' 356.— Dippel, Handb. Laubholzk. i. 174, f. 106.— Koehne, Deutsche Dendr. 536. — Sargent, Garden and Forest, iv. EM I 00 'II Shirasawa, Icon. Ess. For. Jap. i. 131, t. 86, f. 1-16. —Grabner, Engler Bot. Jahrb. xxix. 588. Viburnum plicaium, Miquel, Ann. Mus. Lugd.-Bat. ii. 266 (not Thunberg) (1866). —Schmidt, Mem. Acad. Sci. St. Peters- burg, ser. 7, xii. pt. ii. 142. — Franchet & Savatier, Enum. PI. Jap. i. 198. - Herder, Bull. Soc. Nat. M,„ c . liii. pt. i. 11. Viburnum dentatum, Thunberg, Fl. Jap. 122 (not Linnams) (1784). Viburnum dilalatum, wr.radiatum, Gray ex Maximowicz, Bull. Acad. Sci. St. Pitersbourg, xxvi. 483 (1880); Mil. Biol. x. 657. Viburnum plicaium, y tomentosum, Miquel, Ann. Mus. Lugd.-Bat. ii. 266 (1866); Prol. Fl. Jap. 154. Japan: Hondo, Tokio, 1883, Kingo Miyabe, Miyanoshita, 1892, C. S. Sargent; Shikoku, Nanokawa, Tosa, 1887 and 1888, K. Watanabe. China: Hupeh, A. Henry (Nos. 7418, 7654, 7654 B); E. H. Wilson (Nos. 355, 978 A); often cultivated. Viburnum tomentosum, forma plenum, comb. nov. Viburnum dentatum, Thunberg, Fl. Jap. 122 (not Linnaus) (1784). Viburnum plicatum, Thunberg, Trans. Linn. Soc. ii. 332 (1794). — De Candolle, Prodr. iv. 329. — Siebold & Zuccarini, Fl. Jap. i. 81, t. 37. — Lindley, Bot. Reg. xxxiii. t. 51. — Oersted, Vidensk. Medd.fra Nat. For. Kjiibenh. xii. 32. Viburnum plicatum (var. dilatatum), Lindley, Paxton Brit. Fl. Gard. i. 147, t. 29 (1850). — Lemaire, Jard. Fleur. i. t. 88. Viburnum plicatum, 5 plenum, Miquel, Ann. Mus. Lugd.-Bat. ii. 266 (1866); Prol. Fl. Jap. 154. — Franchet & Savatier, Enum. PI. Jap. i. 200. Viburnum tomentosum, y plicatum, Maximowicz, Bull. A cad. Sci. St. Petersbourg, xxvi. 486 (1880) ; Mil. Biol. x. 662. — Dippel, Handb. Laubholzk. i. 174. Viburnum tomentosum sterile, Zabel, Beissner, Schelle &> Zabel Handb. Laubholz. 441 (1903). Cultivated in China and Japan and introduced from there into European gardens. There is also a variegated form in TREES AND sill;i 109 VmtTRNUM TOMEXTOSCM, forma rotcnt.ifouo«, Hort. « Render, Bailey C f cl. Am. Hon. iv. 1935 (m nr.) (1902), differ. slightly from the forma plmmm in its earlier flower, and broader leave.. Vibir.mm tomextosvm, var. PARViroucM, comb. nor. Viburnum cu V ,i,htum. ThunWrg. WL Jap. 125 (17*4V — Siebold & Zuocarini, Abkand. Akad. Miinck. iv. pt. iii. 171. Viburnum plicalum, pan-ifUium, Miquel, .4n». Mux. Luod.-Bat. ii. 266 (1866); Prol. Fl. Jap. 154. — Franohet & Saratier, Enum. PI. Jap. i. 199. Viburnum tomentostan, B cuspuiatum, Maximowiei, Bull. A cad. Sci. St. Petertbtmrg, xxri. 486 (1880) ; Mil. Biol. x. 662. — Dip- pel, Handb. Laubholzk: i. 174. China: Sxech'uan, A. Henry (No. 5720). Japan: Kiu-siu, Kundaho-aan, and Volcano Wuuxen, 1863, Majdmouiez, Taaodaka. 1899, U. Fautie (No. 3331 in Herb. Arnold Arboretum). Viburnum tomkxtoscm, var. lanceatim, tar. nor. Leaves of the flowering branches elliptic-ovate to elliptic-lanceolate, acute to acuminate, broadly cuneate or rounded at the base, sparingly stellate-pubescent beneath, glabrous or nearly so above, from 3.5 to 7 centimetre, long and from 1.5 to 3 centi- metres broad, with from six to nine pairs of veins; leaves of the shoots lanceolate, acuminate, from 6 to 10 centimetre, long, more densely stellate beneath and covered while young with furcate hairs above, with fewer r*iawj BBtBkV > .trUate-pabaaoMt. Corymbs rather small and with few sterile flowers. Drupes 6 millimetres high. Young branchleU .tcllate-pubeaoaut. Japan: Hondo, near Nikko (cultivated ?), September 8, 1892, C S. Sargent. Cultivated at tua Arnold Arboretum, where it was raised from seeds brought by Professor Sargent in 1892 from Japan. This form differs from the type in its more pubescent narrower and smaller leaves, with fewer and less closeh | from the var. parvifolium particularly in the leaves being gradually narrowed into the apex and not abruptly cu.pidate. III. Lanta NA. D e CandoUe. Leaves d flattened, w eciduous (persistent ith three ventral a ir-buds; easily disti in Nos. nd two d nguished 30-34), usually denti from all other sectio :':: ept the preceding | d n,,..s black or bluish black; by its naked winter-bu usually cop ions stellate tomenti m Leaves Ve den 0. tate or denticulate, deciduous >f the leaves straight, ending irolla hypocraterimorphous, in the teeth. tube 1 centimetre 1 MfJ 1 -»* ! h ave, broadly ovate, 16. v < £= G .rolla rotate or rotai te ou a 3h r mlate. surfaces, more dens ely be Death, cordate or M !,cord ate; flowers mo Mly ,„, third order. Leaves ovate Leaves lance ; corolla olate; co> 6 millimetres in diati •olla from 8 to 10 mi IbmcU with oUoag Ubm ■es in diameter. w ith suIh., ,,, 17. V. V lar lobes. 18. V. m «"" Leaves glabrous obtusish; flowe >f the leaves anasto. above at maturity, sparingly ! of the first and secc stellal md on i.ded a ;e-pubescent bent ler. * |D] rounded at 1ft V ., the b« Flowers mostly on rays of the third order; ovary glabrons; stone convex on the dorsal side; short-stalked; leaves mostly obtuse. 20 - V S1IVN Flowers mostly on rays of the second order; stone equally flattened and grooved on both sid< cuneate at the base. Leaves sparingly stellate-pubescent above; corymbs many-flowered. 21. V. BOH Leaves glabrous above; corymbs few-flowered. 22- v - ARCl Corymbs with radiant flowers, short-stalked; leaves obtuse, sparingly pubescent on both surfaces. Corolla cylindric or campanulate (unknown in No. 25). Leaves obtuse or acatish. , a cvHndric . of the first order. Drupe oblong, 10 millimetres long; leaves from 4 to 9 cent order. Leaves acuminate; corolla campannlate ; stamens slightly anarted uvU'noTim^s^-reticnlate above, rounded or narrowed at the haw. ■gth; flower. Zr"! lostly persist. «*». . and ovary. paringly stellat 110 TREES AND SHRUBS. Leaves grayish tomentose beneath, sometimes only sparingly so, from 3 to 6 centimetres long (flowers unknown). Leaves lustrous above, glabrous or nearly so; rays thin, slender. 28. V. Bockii. Leaves dull above, with scattered furcate hairs and slightly impressed veins; rays thick and angled. 29. V. FALLAX. Leaves coriaceous, persistent, from 3 to 6 centimetres long, with a whitish or yellowish tomeutum beneath; ovaries glabrous. Corolla infundibuliform, with the limb shorter than the tube, about 5 millimetres broad; corymb from 2 to 3 centi- metres wide. 30. V. CONGESTUM. Corolla campanulate-rotate, from 7 to 9 millimetres broad; corymb usually from 5 to 7 centimetres wide. 31. V. UTILE. Leaves reticulate-impressed above, coriaceous, rounded or cordate at the base, ovate to oblong-ovate, from 6 to 8 centimetres long; ovaries stellate-tomentose. Leaves usually rounded at the base, densely grayish tomentose beneath, with the rays of the stellate hairs not exceeding 0.3 millimetre in length; corymbs short-stalked, small and dense. 32. V. chinshanense. Leaves usually cordate at the base, densely covered beneath with yellowish matted hairs, their rays from 0.3 to 0.6 millimetre long; corymbs long-stalked. 33. V. Rosthornii. Leaves ovate-lanceolate, from 10 to 18 centimetres long, subcordate at the base, deeply wrinkled above and densely yellowish tomentose beneath; corymbs from 8 to 12 centimetres broad. 34. V. rhytidophyllum. 16. Viburnum Carlesii, Hemsley, Jour. Linn. Soc. xxiii. 350 (1888). — Palibin, Act. Hort. Petrop. xvii. 102. — Unger, Moeller's Deutsch. Gdrtn.-Zeit. xvii. 271, f . — Gard. Chron. ser. 3, xxxii. 261, f. — Bot. Mag. t. 8114. — Tusschenwater, Rev. Hort. Bely. Strang, xxxiii. 357, t. Korea: Chemulpo, W. R. Carles (No. 19 in Herb. Kew); western Korea, Perry (No. 61 in Herb. Kew); introduced into gar- dens in 1902 by A. Unger, the Yokohama nurseryman. 17. Viburnum Veitchii, C. H. Wright, Gard. Chron. ser. 3, xxxiii. 257 (1903). China: western Hupeh, E. H. Wilson (No. 2107 ex Wright); western China, E. H. Wilson (No. 3731); cultivated in the Veitchian nurseries. 18. Viburnum buddleifolium, C. H. Wright, Gard. Chron. ser. 3, xxxiii. 257 (1903). China : western Hupeh, E. H. Wilson (No. 1863 ex Wright). 19. Viburnum glomeratum, Maximowicz, Bull. Acad. Sri. St. Petersbourg, xxvi. 483 (1880); Mel. Biol. x. 656. — Hemsley, Jour. Linn. Soc. xxiii. 352. China: Kansu, Wu-ping, 1885, G. N. Potanin (Herb. St. Petersburg). There is another fruiting specimen in the St. Petersburg herbarium collected by Potanin in northern Szech'uan which differs in its longer-stalked many-flowered and larger corymbs measuring from 6 to 7 centimetres in diameter, and slightly in the foliage. Additional flowering material may show that this specimen represents another species. 20. Viburnum shensianum, Maximowicz. See p. 85, 1. 140. 21. Viburnum burejjsticum, Regel & Herder, Gartenfiora, xi. 47, t. 384 (1862). — Herder, Bull. Soc. Nat. Mosc. xxxvii. pt. i. 196, t. 1, f. a-d; PL Radd. iii. 7, t. 1, f. a-d. — Koch, Dendr. ii. pt. i. 55. — Baker & S. Moore, Jour. Linn. Soc. xvii. 383. — Koehne, Deutsche Dendr. 535. Viburnum davuricum, Maximowicz, Mem. Sav. E~tr. Acad. Sri. St. Petersbourg, ix. 135 (Prim. Fl. Amur.) (not Pallas) (1859). — Regel, Mem. Acad. Sri. St. Petersbourg, se"r. 7, iv. No. iv. 75 (Tent. Fl. Ussur.). Viburnum burejanum, Herder, Bull. Soc. Nat. Mosc. liii. pt. i. 11 (1878); PL Radd. addit. 11. — Maximowicz, Bull Acad Sri. St. Petersbourg, xxvi. 481 ; Mel. Biol. x. 653. - Hemsley, Jour. Linn. Soc. xxiii. 350. - Dippel, Handb. Laubholzk. i. 185, Eastern Siberia: Manchuria, "mont. Bureja," G. Radde; Ussuri, Maack ; Amurland, S. Korshinski. China: western Hupeb E. H. Wilson (No. 1863); cultivated in the Veitchian nurseries. 22. Viburnum arcuatum, Komarov, Act. Hort. Petrop. xviii. 427 (1901). Korea: banks of the Czan-dshin-gan River (ex Komarov). 23. Viburnum macrocephalum, Fortune, Jour. Hort. Soc. Land. ii. 244 (sensu Maximowicz) (1847). — Maximowicz, Bull Soc. Nat. Mosc. liv. 24 (1879); Bull. Acad. Sci. St. Petersbourg, xxvi. 480; Mel. Biol. x. 652. - Hemsley, Jour. Linn. Soc xxiii. 394 - Dippel, Handb. Laubholzk. i. 177, f. 108. — Koehne, Deutsche Dendr. 535. — Grabner, Engler Bot. Jahrb. xxix. 587 Viburnum Keteleeri, Carriere, Rev. Hort. 1863, 269, f. 31. — The Garden, vii. 287, f. Viburnum arborescens, Hemsley, Jour. Linn. Soc. xxiii. 349 (1888). - Grabner, Engler Bot. Jahrb. xxix. 588. Viburnum macrocephalum, var. Keteleeri, Nicholson, III. Diet. Gard. iv. 155, f. 168 (1889). China: Kiangsu, Faber; Chekiang and Fokien, Fortune (ex Hemsley); Hupeh, A. Henry (Nos. 3810 and 7661 in Herb Kew «*«, E. H. Wilson (No. 219); sometimes cultivated. I am unable to find any differences between the typical Viburnum crocephalum and Viburnum arborescens based on Henry's No. 3810, t i the flowers are not fully developed, has urocephalum, forma sterile, Dippel, Handb. Laubholzk. i. 178 (as var.) (1889). Viburnum macrocephalum, Fortune, Jour. Hort. Soc. Land. ii. 244 (sensu stricto) (1847).- Lindley, Bot. Reg. xxxiii. t. 1 Lemaire, Fl. des Serres, iii. 263, t.-Walpers, Ann. i. 365. - Carriere, Rev. Hort. 1858, 349, f. 99. -Koch, Den Viburnum Keteleeri macrocephalum, Carriere, Rev. Hort. 1863, 271. TREES AND SHRUBS. A garden form introduced from China by Fortune, and the real type of hi. specie. ; formerly he name of Viburnum Fortunei ex Nicholson, 111. Gard. Diet. iv. 155 (1889). 24. VlBURXUM MONGOUCUM.n.ComA. Lonicera mongolica, Pallas, Reise Rust. Reich, iii. 721 (excl. »yn. Gmelin) (1771); Ft. Ron. i. 50. ^ Lonicera davurica, Pallas, Fl. Rots. i. t. 38 (1784). '■burnum davuricum, Pallas, Ft. Ross, ii. 30 (1788). — De Candolle, Prodr. it. 328. - Ledebour, Fl. Rot,. <•!]„« is!, gr, <-n, furnished while very young with scattered stellate hairs but soon becoming glabrous on the upper .urface, r.ivered <"> the lower surface with grayish white or yellowish white stellate tomentum, from 2 to 4 centimetres long, with only ^ K i,tly impressed veins; petioles densely tomentose, from 0.5 to 1 centimetre in length. Corymbs terminal and lateral, small and den*.-, b centimetres in diameter, on peduncles from 5 to 10 millimetres long and like the rays stellate-tomentose; rays five, short and angular; flowers sessile on rays of the first and second order; ovary and the broadly ovate short calyx-lobee gla r lis eampanulate-infundibuliform, 5 millimetres high, glabrous, the lobes orbicular-ovate, about half as long as the tube; stamens about as long as the lobes; anthers oval, yellow; style exceeding the calyx-lobes. Fruit unknown. A shrub, about 1.30 metres high (according to A. Henry), with branchlets densely covered with grayish white stellate tomentum, more or less persistent until their third year. Winter-buds naked. China: Yunnan, Mengtze, woods, altitude 1600 metres, A. Henry (No. 9 683 A in Herb. Kew, type); Tapin-tze, Dehway — (No. 929 in Herb. Kew). Viburnum congestum is most closely related to Viburnum utile, Hemsley, differing chiefly from that species in its smaller infun- dibuliform corolla, the dense and small inflorescence, and the absence of fulvous scales in the tomentum. It seems a rather variable species: Henry's specimen No. 9683 A in the herbarium of the Arnold Arboretum differs from the type at Kew in its larger leaves only thinly covered with stellate tomentum on the lower surface, while Delavay's specimen has larger acutisb leaves covered beneath with a close yellowish or grayish white tomentum, and a somewhat less dense corymb. 31. Viburnum utile, Hemsley. See p. 89, t. 142. 32. Viburnum chinshank.nsk. Gribnar, Engler Bot. Jahrb. xxix. 586 (1901). China: Szech'uan, Kin-shan, Hou-tsao-kou, A. von Rosthorn (No. 165 in Herb. Christiania). 33. Viburnum Rostiiornii, Grabner, Engler Bot. Jahrb. xxix. 686 (1901). China: Szech'uan, Wei-kuan valley, A . von Rosthorn (No. 2548 in Herb. Christiania). For Viburnum Rosthornii, var. xerocarpa, see Viburnum Henryi, p. 35. 34. Viburnum rhytidophyllum, Hemsley. See p. 39, t 118. TREES AND SHRUBS. , broadly cum ate at the base, entire, yellowish green and ute glands am axillary tufts of fascicled hairs on the lower broad, with f c ur or five pairs of curving and anastomosing from 1 to 1.5 centimetres in length, glabrous or sparingly ter, on angula r peduncles, from 1 to 1.5 centimetres long, IV. Megalotinus, Maximowicz. stipules; drupe bluish black or purple, to oblong; stone compressed, slightly grooved or sometimes with a median dorsal groove and two ventral grooves; albumen i solid (except in No. 37); giabrescent shrubs; winter-buds with one pair of scales; a rather heterogenous group which shows in L some species a close relation to the preceding section and in others to the two following sections. , ' /J I Corolla campanulate, with upright short lobes; fruit ovoid, black; leaves coriaceous, entire or remotely toothe Leaves lustrous above, from 8 to 15 centimetres long; corymbs glabrous; a tree. 35. V. cylind Leaves dull above, from 4 to 8 centimetres long; corymb pubescent; a shrub. 36. V. crassii Corymbs pyramidal in outline; the central ray elongated, with several tiers of umbels; stone oblong, with I on the ventral side; albumen ruminate; leaves large, chartaceous, remotely toothed. 37. V. pyrami Corymbs umbelliform, with the rays of equal length, or the central one shorter; albumen solid. Leaves entire. Corymbs sessile, from 12 to 17 centimetres broad; leaves large, oblong, chartaceous, often in thre Corymbs stalked; leaves ovate, opposite, Iepidote beneath and setose on the veins. 39. V. setiger Leaves denticulate, large, with the veins partly ending in the teeth; corymbs lateral, long-stalked. 40. V. AMPLIF 35. Viburnum cylindricum, Hamilton. See p. 91, t. 143. 36. Viburnum crassifoltum, n. sp. Leaves coriaceous, elliptic, acutish and usually twisted at th glabrous on the upper surface, lighter green, with scattered brov surface, from 4 to 7.5 centimetres long and from 2.5 to 3.5 centi veins slightly impressed above and elevated beneath; petioles hairy, reddish. Corymbs terminal, from 4 to 5 centimetres in fasciculate-pilose; rays seven, angular, loosely covered with fascicled hairs. Flowers unknown. Drupes on ravs „f the i order, sessile, bluish black, ovoid, 5 millimetres high, crowned by the persistent calyx; stone slightly compressed, with one s ventral furrow and two slight dorsal furrows. high, with upright angular branches fasciculate-pilose during their first season, becoming glal o be with the Indian sparse stellate hairs on the veins and veinlets on the lower surface, from H to 14 centimetres long and from (i („ H ~, ,.,., .;„„.»- s broad; petioles grooved, from 1.5 to 2 centimetres in length, yellowish font to s.x, slender, about 2.5 centimetres in length. Flowers unknown. Drupes on rays of the second and third order ovoid-oblong, about 8 millimetres long and 5 millimetres broad, crowned by the persistent calyx; style cylindric, exceeding the ovate or oval-oblong calyx-lobes, persistent; stone with a deep dorsal furrow and two slight ventral furrows. A shrub from 3 to 4 metres high, with terete branches loosely covered with a yellowish stellate tomentum while young, and becoming glabrous and light brownish yellow in their second year. Winter-buds with one pair of stellately pubescent scales, returned b S fo' ^ ^ 8 ° Uthea8tern mountains > altitnde 2000 metres, A . Henry (No. 13470 in Herb. Arnold Arbo- Viburnum amplifolium is most nearly related to Viburnum Colebrookianum, Wallich, but is easily distinguished from that species by the leafy flowering branchlets, by the larger fruits, and by the different venation of the leaves. and grayish or reddish 1 rown the following year. Winter-buds wi th one pair of scales. China: Yun gtze, on grass-cove red mountains, altitud e from 1800 to 2000 m A. Ht Arnold Arbor turn). Viburnum cr assifolium seems most closely elated to Viburnum cyli idricum, Ham lton, but is jasily distillf, by the pubesce nt inflore cence, the smaller nil green leaves, and s urubby habit. 37. Viburjt iiDATUM, Rehder. See p. 93, t. 144. 38. Viburn TO TERN/ ltum, Render. See p. 37, t. 117. 39. VlBURN JM SETIG ;rum, Hance, Jour. Bot. xx. 261 (1882).— Henisley, Jour. Linn. So ,, lxii . 350. China: Szec b'uan, Mo unt Koloshan, W. Mesny This species is only kr own from Hanee's pecimen, which I have not seen; its nearest con , SPeji Viburnum punc atum, Ha tnilton, or possibly vith Viburnum fatidum Wallich.' 40. VlBURN folium, n. sp. Leaves mem branaceou s, oval or ovate to e liptic-ovate, acuminate , rounded or broadly cun lata i t the 1 the base, with f rom seven to nine pairs of vein s partly anastomosing a id partly end ng in the t« eth,d irk v.l ened with mini te tuberc es bearing caducou furcate hairs, on then >per surface, ighter gree i and glaim TREES AND 8HRUBS, Tinkled above, from 6 to 12 centimetres long; corymbs dense, from 4 to < tres broad; drupes 4 millimetres high; leaves from 6 to 12 eentimetres 1 It v .on x broad; drupes 5 to 6 millimetres high; leaves from 4 to I tt, v. n A vim, Franchet, Nouv. Arch. Mia. Hi»t. Nat. Pari,, ser. 2, viii. 251 (1886); PI. Dand. i , A. David (ex Franchet); western China, & H. Wilton (No. 3728). nnamohifouum, Render. See p. 31, t. 114. towKQUVM, Hemsley. See p. 33, t. 115. VI. OdONTOTIJ*TS, n 53. ^ Chin, Fifcunleciduous (except in Nos. 44,46, and 54), dentate, with straight veins (except No. 41); drupes bright red, ovoid or generally 'tone compressed, with three ventral and two dorsal furrows often obsolete; albumen solid; shrubs, usually with 54. V: pubescence; winter-buds with two pairs of scales; chiefly distinguished from the other sections by its winter-buds Leavoairs of scales, the bright red drupes, and the straight-veined dentate leaves; Viburnum dilatatum, Thunberg, may •erve fascicl. • of this section, lower * Leaves three-nerved at the base, with only three or four pairs of veins; ovaries glabrous. Stone concave on the ventral side; leaves usually entire, coriaceous; corymbs and branchlets usually glabrous. Stone slightly convex on both sides; leaves with a few coarse teeth near the apex; corymbs and branchlets pubescent. 40. v. raetnaL Leaves with five or more pairs of veins, the basal ones not more developed than the others, dentate. Corymbs and branchlets glabrous, the leaves with only a few long hairs on the veins beneath or quite glabrous. Leaves broadest near the base. Leaves persistent, ovate, quite glabrous, obscurely and remotely dentate. 46. V. jawmitm. Leaves deciduous, distinctly and closely dentate. Petioles about 1 centimetre long; leaves from 6 to 12 centimetres in length; stamens half as long or as long as the corolla. 47. V. tiiuvmh m. Petioles very short; leaves from 4 to 8 centimetres long; stamens very short, the filaments scarcely longer than the anthers; corymbs few-flowered. IB. V. riii.ni.nnn in m. Leaves broadest above the middle, at least those below the corymb; stamens mnch longer than the corolla; corymb Corymbs, branchlets, and leaves more or less pubescent. Leaves, at least those below the corymb, broadest above the middle, pubescent on both surfaces; stamens longer than the corolla. Petioles, peduncles, and branchlets covered with pale Tillous hairs : fr,lit8 about r > millimetres long. 50. V.muTurv. Petioles, peduncles, and branchlets covered with long hispid fulvous hairs; fruits about 7 millimetres long; Leaves broadest near the base. Corymbs on peduncles from 1 to 3 centimetres long. Leaves elliptic-lanceolate, long-acuminate, from 5 to 10 centimetres long; corolla slightly pubescent. 52. V. Moxaha. Leaves rhombic-ovate to elliptic-ovate, acute, from 5 to 6 centimetres long; corolla densely pubescent. 53. V. Fordi.*-.. Leaves rounded at the base, ovate, pubescent on the npper surface (sometimes glabrous in Xo. 56). Leaves coriaceous, densely pubescent on the lower surface, slightly pubescent on the npper surface, acute; corymbs covered with spreading yellowish brown hairs. 54. V. hjrti u.M. Leaves membranaceous, loosely covered on the upper surface with simple or furcate hairs, glabrous on the lower surface with the exception of the simple hairs on the veins; corymbs covered with velutinous pale yellow pubescence. 55. V. WrxJOW. Corymbs short-stalked or nearly sessile, terminal and often also lateral; stamens shorter than the corolla; leaves ovate. &• v - UJZOinctni. Petioles stipulate. Leaves glabrous or pubesc« 114 TREES AND SHRUBS. Stamens shorter than the corolla; ovaries pubescent; leaves ovate, pilos more than 1 centimetre in length; corymbs short-stalked. Stamens longer than the corolla; petioles about 2 centimetres in length. N Corolla glabrous. Corymbs usually short-stalked, large and lax ; leaves rhombic-ovate to ovate-oblong, mostly broadly cuneate at the base, chartaceous. 58. V. betulifolium. Corymbs usually long-stalked; leaves broadly ovate to obovate, sharply dentate, membranaceous. Corolla and ovary densely tomentose; leaves generally ovate to oblong-ovate, with remote subulate ter" N J Leaves pubescent on both surfaces, broadly ovate; corymbs coated with close villous pubescence. tum. 61. V. HUPEHENSE. Petioles less than 1 centimetre long; leaves more or less pubescent. Stamens shorter than the corolla; ovary tomentose; corymbs small, few-flowered. 62. V. ichangense. Stamens longer than the corolla; ovaries glabrous; corymbs many-flowered, from 4 to 8 centimetres broad. • / 63. V. erosum. i- 44. Viburnum sempervirens, K. Koch. See p. 95, t. 145. 45. Viburnum fcetidum, Wallich, PL As. Rar. i. 49, t. 61 (1830). -De Candolle, Prodr. iv. 325. — Hooker f. & TOM. Jour. Linn. Soc. ii. 175. — Kurz, Forest Fl. Brit. Burm. ii. 2. — Clarke, Hooker/. Fl. Brit. Ind. iii. 4. — Brandis, Indian I Viburnum premnaceum, Wallich ex De Candolle, Prodr. iv. 325 (1830). Viburnum Jacquemontii, Planchon, Hort. Donat. 29 (1854-58). sh green ai Viburnum fcetidum, var. premnaceum, Oersted, Vidensk. Medd. fra Nat. For. Kjbbenh. xii. 298 (I860). — Clarke Hooicir '"w Fl. Brit. Ind. iii. 4. Viburnum pallidum, Franchet, Jour, de Bot. x. 308 (1896). Viburnum ceanothoides, C. H. Wright, Kew Bull. Misc. Inform. 1896, 23. — China: Yunnan, Mengtze, altitude 1700 metres, A. Henry ( No. 9244) ; Feng-chen-lin, altitude 1700 metres, A. Henry (No. - 9244 A ); also on the Khasia mountains, India, and in Assam. Viburnum fcetidum, var. rectangulum, n. var. Viburnum rectangulum, Grabner, Engler Bot. Jahrb. xxix. 588 (1901). This variety differs from the type chiefly in its nearly sessile corymbs and in its lanceolate or obovate-lanceolate acute leaves. The rectangular ramification particularly noted by Grabner is apparently caused by the tendency of the lateral branchlets to grow upward while the main branch is pendent; the same mode of growth occurs occasionally in Indian specimens of the type China: Szecb'uan, Nan-chuan, August, 1891, A. von Rosthorn (No. 569 in Herb. Christiania). Of Viburnum Jacquemontii, Planchon, and Viburnum pallidum, Franchet, I have not seen specimens, but in the descriptions of these plants I can find no characters by which to separate them from Viburnum fcetidum ; Viburnum ceanothoides, judging by the speci- mens I have seen, appears also inseparable from Viburnum fcetidum. 46. Viburnum japonicum, Sprengel, Syst. i. 934 (1825). - Roemer & Schultes, Syst. iii. 320. - Maximowicz, Bull Acad Sci. St. Petersburg, xxvi. 488; Mel. Biol. x. 664. — Dippel, Handb. Laubhohk. i. 192, f. 121. Cornus japonica, Thunberg, Fl. Jap. 63 (1784). Viburnum macrophyllum, Van Hall, Fl. des Jard. ii. 97, t. (not Thunberg) (1859). Viburnum Buergeri, Miquel, Ann. Mus. Lugd.-Bat. ii. 268 (1866); Prol. Fl. Jap. 156. — Franchet & Savatier Enum PI Jap. i. 201. —Koch, Dendr. ii. pt. i. 56. JeT?J KiU " Sia ' With ° Ut l0Cality and Dame ° f C ° llector < Herb - Lu gd-Bat. 1853-56), C. Wright, Nagasaki, 1862, R. Oldham, 1863, Maximowicz; sometimes cultivated and about as hardy as Evonymus japonicus, Thunberg. Viburnum japonicum, var. boninsimense, Makino, Bot. Mag. Tokio, xvi. 157 (1902). Japan: Bonin Island (ex Makino). This form differs from the type in its suborbicular leaves truncate at the b Viburnum japonicum, var. latifolium, and var. variegatum, Hort. ex Zabel [1903]), are garden forms sometimes met with in cultivation. 47. Viburnum theiferum, Rehder. See p. 45, t. 121. 48. Viburnum phlebotrichum, Siebold & Zuccarini. See p. 43, t. 120. 49. Viburnum Wrighth, Miquel. See vol. i. p. 37, 1. 19. 50 Viburnum dilatatcm, Thunberg, Fl. Jap. 124 (1784). -De Candolle, Prodr. iv. 329. -Siebold & Zuccarini, Abhand. Akad. Munch, .v. pt. iii. 381. - Lindley, Jour. Hort. Soc. Lond. iii. 247. - A. Gray, Mem. Am. Acad. n. ser. iv. 393. - Miquel, Ann. Mus Lugd.-Bat. ii. 266; Prol. Fl. Jap. 154. - Moore, Jour. Bot. xiii. 231. - Franchet & Savatier, Enum. PI. Jap. i. 200; ii. 381. - Koch Dendr n. pt. i. 56. - Bot. Mag. t. 6215. - Maximowicz, Bull. Acad. Sci. St. Petersburg, xxvi. 488; Mel. Biol. x. 644. - iiemsley, Jour. Lmn. Soc. ran. 351. — Dippel, Handb. Laubhohk. i. 188, f. 118. — Koehne, Deutsche Dendr. 536. — Sargent, Garden and Forest, iv. 148, f. 28. -Grabner, Engler Bot. Jahrb. xxix. 588; xxxvi. Beibl. No. lxxxii 99 Japan: Hokkaido, Hakodate, 1853-56, C. Wright, 1859, C. Wilford, Prov. Oshima, Moheiji, 1890, K. Watanabe Mororan, ^/\ G ^ ; H ° nd0 ' YokoLan,a > 1862 ' R - 0ldh ™ (No. 481) and Maximowicz, Simoda, 1855, C. Wright, Tokio, 1882, K Miyabe Sendai, Agamatsu, Fukushima, Odawara, Miyanoshita, Lake Chuzenji and Nikko, 1892, C. S. Sargent; Kiu-siu, Nagasaki, R. Oldham and Maximowicz. Korea: Quelpart Island, 1906, and " Syou Ouen " and " Pomasa," 1905, U. Faurie (Nos. E V^r* 1 (N ^ Herb * Ar °° ld Arb ° retum) - China: Sbensi ( ex Maximowicz and Grabner); Hupeh, A. Henry (No. 544), TREES AND SHRUBS. 115 The only Chinese specimens I have seen are those collected by Wilson and Henry, and these differ somewhat from the typical Japanese plant chiefly in their denser and smaller corymbs and smaller leaves; bat this Chinese material is so meagre that I cannot decide whether or not the Chinese plant should be separated from the typical Viburnum dilatatum. 51. Viburnum coryufolium, Hooker f. & Thomson, ./our. Linn. Soc. ii. 174 (1868). — Clarke, Hooker f. Fl. Brit. Ind. iii. 3. — China: Yunnan, Mengtze, A. Htnry (No. 11362); also on the Himalayas. 52. Viburnum Muixaha, Hamilton ex Don, Prodr. Fl. Nepal. Ill (1S25).— Maximo wiex, BulL Acad. Sci. St. PittrAovf, xxvi. 487; Mil Biol. x. 663. Viburnum tteUulatum, Wallich, PI. A,, liar, ii. 54, t. 169 (1830). — l>e Candolle, Prodr. it. 327. — Hooker I A Thomsoo. Jour. Linn. Soc. ii. 174. — Brandis, For. Fl. Brit. Ind. 258; Indian Trttt, 361. — Clarke, Hooter Franchet, A T oui-. Arch. A/u». se>. 2, viii. 251; PL David, ii. 69. — Collett, Fl. SimUn. 222. Viburnum involucratum, Wallich ex De Candolle, Prodr. 327 (1830). — Hooker f. & Thomson, Jour. Linn. Soc. ii. 17.Y China: Szech'uan, Mupin, David (ex Franchet); also on the Himalayas from Kashmir to Nikkim. 53. Viburnum Fordid, Hance, Jour. Bot. xxi. 321 (1883). — Hemsley, Jour. Linn. Soc. «iii. 352. China: Kwangtung, Fingushan, 1882, C. Ford, 1883 (in Herb. Gray); without locality, C. Wrnym (in Herb. Kew). Viburnum Fordicc is closely related to Viburnum Mullaha, Hamilton, from which it differs chiefly in its smaller acute and generally ovate leaves narrowed toward the rounded base and in its more densely pubescent flowers. 54. Viburnum hirtulum, n. «p. Leaves coriaceous, ovate, acute or acntish, rounded at the base, remotely and obscurely denticulate, loosely covered with fascicled and furcate hairs or glabrescent at maturity on the upper surface, more densely SMnd wish fasciculate hairs on the lower surface, particularly on the veins, from 4 to 7 centimetres long, with five or six pairs ..f veins ending ... th. •. impressed above and prominent beneath; petioles densely covered with fasciculate yellow hairs, from 0.5 to 1 centimetre in length. Corymbs terminal, umbelliform, from 6 to 7 centimetres in diameter, on peduncles from 1 to 2 centimetres long, and like the whole corymb densely covered with spreading fasciculate hairs; rays five or six; flowers on rays of the third and fourth order, with linear hairy bracelets at the base; ovary small, like the ovate calyx-teeth covered wuli long fasciculate hairs; corolla rotate, from 4 to 5 millimetres in diameter, hairy outside, the lobes orbicular; stamens as long or only slightly shorter than the lobes; anthers suborbieular, yellow; style short and thick, hardly exceeding the calyx-teeth. Fruit unknown. A shrub, with the young branehlets densely ferrugineously fasciculate-pilose, later becoming glabrous and grayish brown. China: Kwangtung, North River, November, 1888 (ex Herb. Hongkong Bot. Gard. No. 11G in Herb. Kew). Viburnum hirtulum is allied to Viburnum Mullaha, but is easily distinguished from that species by the coriaceous ovate acutiah indistinctly toothed leaves, fasciculate-pilose on both surfaces, and with only five or six pairs of veins. is, ovat. ..]„„g-,.. iminate , rounded < >r broadly cum sate at the base, st irrate from near 1 the base, yellowish en and loosely c oven d with r simple hairs on the upper sur face, lighter greet , and glabr. m n the lower surface, of th. ■ lon S a ppressed hairs o, l the midri bs and on the i.liiu { in the teeth, from j 8 centimetres 1 ong .- ind fr.., u 2.5 to 3 ; petioles with. •* stipules, from' h short fascicula to ha | simple hairs. C< >rymbs terminal, about 5 centimi , on peduncles about and. like tl« 1 whole • arymb and the ou tside of the « irolla, covered wit h Vf Ivety pobescenoe of tys al ,'' 5 no llimeTre" on rays of the sec in diameter, the ";;'.:'"';';;;;' : . a,",'' ;h ovate calyx-teeth, is shorter than the descent; corolla r-ova'te, pubescent onts,,],'; M olla-lobes; anthe irs ye How, hi •oadly ovi ll; style short and thick. Fruit unknown. dark purplish .,, les, fasciculate-p ilose. Jhina: Szech'uai i. Mo un Oni ei, E. H. WOton (No. 5025 in Herb. AlM >ld Arboretum). nburnum Wilson st closely allied im FordUt. Hi m Mullaha, Han lilfam, bot is easily jnguished from cithe: • of the corymb and cc .rolla; from Vibur Rehder, which has corymb coated with ■ nil ar pubes. .-■nee, i t differs n ,ore widely in the broader pub. sscent serrai to le aves, the pubescent petioles without stipules, and in the much shorter stamens. 56. Viburnum luzonicum, Rolfe. See p. 97, t. 146. Leaves membranaceous, ovate to oblong-ovate, long-acuminate, rounded at the base, serrate, with seven or eight straight veins slightly impressed above aud ending in the mucronate teeth, dark yellowish green on the upper surface, paler and glabrous with the exception of the simple loosely appressed hairs on the midribs and veins on the lower surface, from 5 to 7 centimetres long and from 2.5 to 4 centimetres broad; petioles nearly glabrous, from 1 to 1.5 centimetres in length, with subulate sparingly hairy and glandular stipules. Corymbs terminal, from 4 to 6 centimetres in diameter, loosely covered with small stellate hairs inter- L spersed with longer simple hairs, on peduncles less than 1 centimetre in length; rays from five to seven; flowers on rays of the \ third order; ovary looselv stellate-tomentose, about 1 millimetre long; calyx-lobes broadly triangular, stellate-pubescent and L filiate; corolla rotate, 5 millimetres in diameter, sparingly covered on the outside with short fasciculate hairs, the lobes semi- N orbicular; stamens shorter than the corolla; anthers broadly oval, yellow; style short, slightly exceeding the calyx-lobes. Fruit A dichotomously branched shrub, with glabrous light brown branehlets, becoming dark red-brown and lustrous in their second v« n r. Winter-buds with two pairs of scales. nountains, forests, altitude 3300 metres," A.Henry (No. 10211 A and B in Herb. Arnold 116 TREES AND SHRUBS. Viburnum ovati/olium is most nearly related to Viburnum erosum, Thunberg, and Viburnum betulifolium, Batalin. From the former it is easily distinguished by its longer petioles, the longer acuminate leaves, broad and rounded at the base and nearly glabrous, by the pubescent corolla and shorter stamens; from the latter it may be distinguished by the shorter petioles, the ovate leaves rounded at the base, the shorter stamens, and the smaller less compound corymbs. It is also related to Viburnum luzonicum, va.T./ormosanum, Rehder, from which it differs in its stipulate petioles and in the long-acuminate leaves with more numer- 68. Viburnum betulifolium, Batalin. See p. 99, t. 147. 59. Viburnum lobophyllum, Griibner. See p. 101, t. 148. 60. Viburnum dasyanthum, Render. See p. 103, t. 149. 61. Viburnum hupehense, n. sp. Leaves membranaceous, broadly ovate, acuminate, truncate or subcordate at the base, coarsely dentate, with short acuminate mucronate teeth, loosely covered with fasciculate hairs more abundant on the lower side, dark yellowish green on the upper surface, lighter green on the lower surface, with seven or eight pairs of straight veins, from 5 to 7 centimetres long and from 3 to 6 centimetres broad; petioles grooved, from 1.5 to 2 centimetres in length, densely covered with fasciculate hairs, and furnished with persistent linear-lanceolate pubescent stipules. Corymbs .terminal, from 4 to 5 centimetres in diameter, on peduncles about 2 centimetres in length and like the rays densely villous, with short fasciculate hairs; rays usually five; flowers unknown. Drupes on rays of the second and third order, ovoid, red; stone much compressed, orbicular-ovate, 7 millimetres long and 6 millimetres broad, with three ventral and two dorsal rather shallow grooves; seed reddish brown, minutely punctulate. A shrub, with branchlets furnished with fasciculate hairs, becoming glabrous and dark purplish brown in their second year. Winter-buds with two pairs of scales. China: Hupeh, A. Henry (No. 6805 in Herb. Gray). Viburnum hupehense is most nearly related to Viburnum dilatatum, Thunberg, and Viburnum betulifolium, Batalin. From the first it differs chiefly in its orbicular-ovate leaves and stipulate petioles, and from the second in the leaves being pubescent on 62. Viburnum ichangense, Rehder. See p. 105, t. 150. 63. Viburnum erosum, Thunberg, Ft. Jap. 124 (1784). — De Candolle, Prodr. iv. 327. — Siebold & Zucearini, Abhand. Alcad. Munch, iv. pt. iii. 171. — Miquel, Ann. Mus. Lugd.-Bat. ii. 266; Prol. Fl. Jap. 154. — Franchet & Savatier, Enum. PL Jap. i. 200; ii. 308.— Maximowicz, Bull. Acad. Sci. St. Petersbourg, xxvi. 491; Mel. Biol. x. 669. — Franchet, Now. Arch. Mus. Paris, se"r. 2, vi. 28; PL David, i. 148. — Hemsley, Jour. Linn. Soc. xxiii. 351 (in part). — Sargent, Garden and Forest, ix. 85, f. 9. — Palibin) Act. Hart. Petrop. xvii. 103. — Rehder, Bailey Cycl. Am. Hort. iv. 1926. Japan: Hondo, Fudji-san, 1862, Maximowicz, Nagasendo near Fukushima and Fusan, 1902, C. S. Sargent, above Narai, Shi- nano, 1905, /. G. Jack; Shikoku, Nanokawa, Tosa, 1887, K. Watanabe ; Kiu-siu, Nagasaki, 1863, Maximowicz. Korea: Quelpart Island, U. Faurie (Nos. 676, 679, 680 in Herb. Arnold Arboretum), Puk-han, Seoul, 1905, J. G. Jack, Tsusima Island, 1859, C. Wilford; rarely cultivated, introduced into the Arnold Arboretum by Professor Sargent. Franchet distinguishes three varieties: var. punctatum, var. furcipilum, and var. leave; the first has the leaves with fasciculate hairs raised on minute tubercles, the second has sparse furcate or simple hairs without tubercles and the third is almost glabrous with the exception of the long simple hairs on the branches. A rather distinct form is represented by Faurie's No. 676, which has longer petioles, and larger leaves somewhat resembling in shape those of Viburnum dilatatum, Thunberg. VIII. Opulus, De Candolle. Leaves deciduous, lobed, palminerved, stipulate; drupes red; stone compressed, slightly grooved; albumen solid; glabreseent shrubs; easily distinguished from the other sections by the lobed leaves. Petioles glandular; leaves three-lobed, rarely entire; corymbs with radiant flowers. 64. V. Sargenti. Petioles without glands; leaves three to five-lobed, with coarsely toothed lobes from 3 to 5 centimetres long- corymbs without radiant flowers. ^ y ^^^ 64. Viburnum Sargenti, Koehne. See vol. i. p. 83, t. 42. Viburnum Sargenti, var. calvescens, Rehder, Mitt. Deutsch. Dendr. Ges. xii. 125 (1903). This differs from the type in its glabrous leaves and branches. There seems to exist a form of this species with all the flowers sterile, as Korshinski mentions a Viburnum Opulus sterile from the mount Ti-san near Seoul. I have observed in the Arnold Arboretum a plant of this species which showed the tendency to produce a few small corymbs with most of the flowers sterile. 65. Viburnum kansuense, Batalin, Act. Hort. Petrop. xiii. 372 (1894). China: Kansu, G. N. Potanin (ex Batalin); western China, E. H. Wilson (No. 3732). Arnold Arboretum. A ™ D RbhdEB - , EXPLANATION OF THE PLATE. Plate CL. Viburnum i 1. A flowering branch, natural size. 2. A flower with the corolla displayed, enlarged. 3. A fruiting branch, natural size. 4. A stone, ventral view, enlarged. 5. A stone, dorsal view, enlarged. 6. Cross section of a stone, enlarged. ires 1 and 2 of this plant were made from Henry's specimen md figures 3 to 6 from Wilson's specimen No. 669. C. E. Faxon del. VJBURNVM ICIIAN jll [CHAKGENSE, BeM. ILVA OF NORTH AMERICA }N September, 1890, Messrs. Houghton, Mifflin & Company announced the pub- lication of i> rgent's Silva ?f Xorih America in twelve quarto volumes, illus- trated with six hi bed plates engraved in Paris under th A. Riocreux from dra, G.E.Faxon. The last ci was published in January, 1899, the twcl\- ~ I sues containing six hundred and twenty plates. The publication .»f this exhaustive and monum stimulated ' : .. ■ ■' .: ■ • _; ■ . ;.;•. r. and duri the number of trees recognized by L> •, from 422, the number *announ Houghton. Miffi circular of 1890. For this reason two supplementary volumes were added, con- taining 115 new plates and a thorough index of the entire work. They were published in the set. Professor Sargent is nvogni/.i-d ;s tL< big treats. His posil Arnold Arboretum of liar. the richest dendrological collection in A by him, and his opportunities while in the employ for exploring the forest- an : studying the trees in ev< > • ■■ ■ ■ v .''''■•-.- of Natural History a collection t< X ikAnuru , specially qualify him for this work, in * actively engaged d rs. No spared in the mechanical execution of the illus- trations rank among those great scientific works of which authority on the treats. The price of the Si!.- ■ I- --"> -u t . \ ' :n\- . i.v *■•''>" u ■> subscriptions for the entire epted. . HOUGHTON, MIFFL; LNY, 4 Park St . Be st« n. TREES AND SHRUBS ILLUSTRATIONS OF KEW OR LITTLE KM)WN LIGNEOUS PLAKTS THIS work consists of a series of plates, accompanied by brief descriptions, of new or little known trees and shrubs. It is edited by Professor 0. S. Sargent, the author of The Silva of North America and the Director of the Arnold Arboretum of Harvard Uni- versity, with the assistance of a number of specialists; and the plates are reproductions of original drawings made by Mr. 0. E. Faxon, the most skillful and experienced botanical draftsman in America, whose work is familiar to the readers of Professor Sar- gent's Sllva and of (hinltn and Forest The material which serves as a basis for the work has been derived largely from the living col- lections and herbarium of the Arnold Arboretum. It will not be confined wholly to North American plants, but will include also the woody plants of other reg illy those of the northern hemisphere which ma d to flourish in the gardens of the United Stato and Europe, and those of special commercial or eco- nomic interest and value. Tin's publicatiou does not duplicate in any way The Silva of X uipplementary to that publi- cation, as from fcime to time N n ;' ; ,.- iin descriptions and figures of The woi k \ Ll l ar interval- part will contai i twei fh . ae will consist of four parts. The parts will be sold -■ Atith'-pai:v mil ;m ,<> will be furni h part. A pn»- Part I, ai . nil! I« siibliii * ) HOUGHTON MIFFLIN COMPANY 4 P i.\7> 8HRUB8. ACOELOKKAl'HK. 11. Wr.M.i. (Palm*.) Acoelorraphk, II. Wendland. Hot. Zcit. xxxvii. 1 18 1879 , BwMri, R • i, i. 107. Serknoa, Sargent, S i: km t 1908 l'uiioih.ii. K. B '. I " ■ ; -. bb. 13 (a p.n (1908). BriMoa & Sbafor, Trees, with tall slender often clustered steins clothed for many yearn with the sheathing b*ae» of the petioles of fallen leaves. leaves suborhicular, divided into numerous I wO-p M ted segment* pi icately folded at the base ; rachis short, acute; *%■&■ thin. tOMMI) furnished with a broad membranaceous dark red-brown deciduous border; petioles slender. Hat or slightly concave on the upper side, rounded and ridged on the lower side, with a broad high rounded ridge, thickened unci cartilaginous on the margins, more or less furnished with stout or slender tlattened teeth ; vagina thin and lirm, bright mahogany red, lustrous, closely enfolding the stem, tlieir films thin and tough. Spadix paniculate, interpetiolar, its rachis slender, compressed, ultimate branches numer- ous, slender, elongated, gracefully drooping. hoary-toineiito>e. the primary branches flattened. ,'te in the a\il> of ovate acute chestnut-brown bracts; spathes tlattened. thick two-cleft and furnished at the apex with a red-brown membranaceous border, his Of the panicle, each primary branch with .Is spathe and the nude of the closed fa a separate upathe, the whole surrounded by the larger spathe of the and fan two- or three-Howered clusters near their base; calyx truncate at the base, divided into three the fruit ; corolla three-parted nearly to the base, its divisions valval* in .estivation, oblong-ovate, thick, concave and thickened at the apex, decidum.- ; sta.net,. six. included; filaments n.arlv triangular, united below bote ■ c.padnate to the short tube of the ootolk; inthm short-oblong. attached on the back below the middle, introrse. tw. .-celled, the cells opening longitudinally | m.-.ry obovate. of three carpels, each with two deep depressions on their outer faces, united into a slender style; stigma minute, terminal, persistent on the fruit ; ovule solitary, erect from the bottom of the cell, anatropous. Fruit drupaceous. Bobgioboso, one-seeded, black and lustrous ; BCOOttp thin and fleshy ; endocarp thin, crustaceous ; seed erect, free, subglobose, light chestnut-brown ; testa thin and hard ; hilum small, suborbicular ; raphe ventral, oblong, elongated, black, slightly promi- nent, without ramifications ; albumen homogeneous; embryo lateral. Two species of Acoelorraphe have been distinguished; they inhabit southern Florida, and one species occurs also in Cuba and on the Bahama Islands. The generic name, from a priv., koIAos and pa4>ij, refers to the character of the seed. The Florida species tu first referred by roe to Serenoa (see Hot. Gazette, xxvii. 90). Acoelorraphe is, however. weU distinguished from Serenoa by the calyx. The calyx of Serenoa is dipolar and only slightly three-lobed, while in Acoelorraphe it is divided into three tegmenta. The sculptured depression* found on the carpels of Acoelorraphe do not occur in Serenoa, and the fruit of Acoelorraphe does not hare the fibrous orange-brown resinous mesoearp of that of Serenoa. The two genera may also he distinguished by the rachis of the leaf. In Acoelorraphe the lower side of the the s, and >eondary b firm, decpl; •nek rachi sing the r; node next bel.c 118 TREES AND SHRUBS. petiole is prolonged into a pointed rachis, while in Serenoa it is furnished wi into a rachis. From Brahia, which it closely resembles, Acoelorraphe differs c thickened and does not penetrate the albumen on the side of the raphe. The two species of Acoelorraphe are very similar ; but until more is known about them it seems best to follow Beccari, who has carefully studied the Coryphas and to whom I am indebted for much information in regard to Acoelorraphe and its allied genera, and keep the two species distinct. Their distinctive characters are, — Petioles furnished with stout marginal teeth throughout their entire length ; leaves green on both surfaces, the pri- mary divisions extending to the middle, their secondary divisions only from 8 to 15 centimetres long ; flowers from 2 to 2.5 millimetres long ; fruit from 8 to 9 millimetres in diameter ; stems forming large thickets. 1. A. Wbightii. Petioles furnished with thinner teeth, usually unarmed toward the apex ; leaves green or glaucescent on the lower surface, their primary divisions extending nearly to the base, the secondary divisions often 25 centimetres long ; flowers not more than 2 millimetres long ; fruit from to 7 millimetres in diameter. 2. A. Arbokescens. The synonomy of the second species becomes, — Acoelobbaphe AEborescens (Sargent), Beccari, Webbia, ii. 113 (1907). Serenoa arboreseens (Sargent), Bot. Gazette, xxvii. 90 (1.899) ; Silva N. Am. xiv. 77, t. 734 ; Man. Ill, f. 98.— Small, Fl. Southeastern U. S. 224. Paurotis Wrightii, Britton & Shafer, N. Am. Trees, 141 (in part) (1908). An additional station for Acoelorraphe arboreseens is at the head of East River, White Water Hay, where it was col- lected by A. A. Eaton on March 22, 1905, and by J. B. Ellis in June and October, 1908 (in herb. Arnold Arboretum). C. S. S. TREES AND SHRUBS. ACOELORRAPHE WRHJHTII (GBI8BB, & Wkxi.ij. Bboo. Acoeloeraphe Wkh;htii (Grisebaeh & Wendland\. Beccari. WMria, ii. 109 1907 Copernicia Wriuhtii, Grisebaeh & Wendland. Qrim back < 'at. I'l. i V . 821 ' Fl. Cub. 152. — Coombs, Tram. St. Coma Aoad. Set, vii. 171. Paurotis androsana, 0. F.Cook, .»/,//<. SFbrr. Bet r/,//*. \ii. '_"J (A >/-■ Brittoo) (1902). Paurotis Wrrjhtii, Britton & Shafer, X. Am. '/'/■< m> 141 \ in pari . i. Iw7 | L906). Leaves thin, light green on tbe two surfaces, from 50 to 60 centimetres in diameter, dividei the middle, the divisions of the primary lobes from S to 15 centimetres deep; petioles thin, gr; ally tapering from the base, about 2 centimetres wide at the end of the vagina and "> or <> n metres wide at the apex, from GO to 70 centimetres in length, and armed throughout their wl length with pale yellow teeth, nearly straight or incurved and pointing toward the fcptt ot tow the base of the petiole, and about 5 millimetres long ; raehis nearl long and furnished with a thin narrow free reddish border ; spado the slender ultimate divisions often 3 or 4 decimetres in length. F long, with a light chestnut-brown calyx and pale yellow-green con metres in diameter. A tree, with numerous stems, in Florida sometimes 1" metres hi for many years covered with the prominent sheathing bases of fall Florida, Dade County; 1 Cuba, C. Wright, 1860 01 (No. 3217 1895 (No. 465), Bahr ,„„l Ann;*, Deeembet 2. 1904 (No. 1206 the Bahamas (teste Britton). » Acoelorraphe ;: iade by tl EXPLANATION OF THE PLATE. Plate CLI. Acoelorkaphk Wkightii. 1. Portion of a spadix with flowers, natural size. 2. A flower, enlarged. 3. A flower-bud, enlarged. 4. A pistil, enlarged. 5. Portion of a spadix with fruit, natural size. 6. Vertical section of a fruit, enlarged. (From specimen collected in Cuba by C. Wright.) 7. A seed, enlarged. (From specimen collected in Cuba by C. Wright.) 8. A leaf, much reduced. 9. A ligule, natural size. 10. A rachis, natural size. Af'oKLMKUAl'HK WIIKMITII. Hecc. TREES AND SHRUBS. QUERCUS AEKAKSANA, Sarg. QlTERCTJS ARKANSANA, n. Sp. Leaves broadly obovate, slightly three-lobed or dentate at the wide apex and cuneate at the base, or on sterile branches oval to ovate, acute or rounded at the apex, full and rounded at the base and laterally undulate lobed, the lobes terminating in long slender mucros ; when they unfold slightly tinged with red, thinly covered with pale stellate hairs persistent until summer, the midribs and veins more thickly clothed with clusters of long straight hairs, and at maturity thin but firm in texture, glabrous with the exception of small clusters of axillary pubescence, light yellow-green on the upper surface, paler on the lower surface, from 5 to 8 centimetres long and from 5 to 7 centimetres wide, or on sterile branches often from 12 to 14 centimetres long and from 6 to 7 centimetres wide, with slender light yellow midribs, thin primary veins, and prominent veinlets ; petioles slender, coated at first with matted clusters of pale hairs, becoming glabrous, or sometimes slightly pubes- cent during the season, from 1.5 to 2 centimetres in length ; stipules linear, scabrous, about 5 milli- metres long, deciduous. Staminate flowers in aments covered with clusters of long pale hairs, from 5 to 6 centimetres in length ; calyx thin and scarious, usually four- or rarely three-lobed, the lobes rounded or acute, thinly covered with long white hairs ; stamens usually four ; anthers ovate-oblong, apiculate, dark red ; pistillate flowers on stout peduncles, hoary-tomentose like the involucral scales ; stigmas dark red. Fruit ripening in its second season, solitary or in pairs, on stout glabrous peduncles 4 or 5 millimetres long ; acorns broadly ovate, rounded at the apex, slightly stellate- pubescent especially below the middle, light brown, obscurely striate, from 6 to 8 millimetres long and from 14 to 15 millimetres in diameter, their shell lined with pale nearly white tomentum, the base only enclosed in the flat cup pale pubescent on the inner surface and covered by the closely appressed scales obtuse at their narrow apex, red on the margins and thinly covered with pale pubes- cence, those of the upper rank small, erect, inserted on the top of the cup and forming a rim around its inner surface ; seed light chestnut-brown. A tree, when crowded in the forest often from 20 to 25 metres high, with a tall trunk and stout ascending branches forming a long narrow head, or when growing in the open and uncrowded by other trees rarely more than 12 metres high with a short trunk sometimes 3 decimetres in diameter, covered with thick nearly black bark divided by deep fissures into long narrow ridges broken on the surface into thick closely appressed scales, small spreading smooth gray branches forming a low round-topped head, and slender branchlets thickly coated early in the season with pale stellate hairs, becoming light gray-brown or reddish brown and still pubescent or nearly glabrous in their first autumn and darker-colored and glabrous the following year, and gracefully drooping leaves. The winter-buds are ovate, acute, and covered with thin light chestnut-brown slightly pubes- cent or nearly glabrous scales. Flowers late in March or early in April. Fruit ripens in October. Low woods, Fulton, Hempstead County, Arkansas, B. F. Bush, April 17, 1905 (No. 2365) ; low rolling sandhills about four miles north of Fulton, here common over a considerable area but ap- parently very local, B. F.Bush, May 21, 1909 (No. 5096), June 10, 1909 (No. 5820), B. F. Bush and O. S. Sargent, October 4, 1909 (No. 2939 type), C. S. Sargent, April 3, 1910. (All in herb. Arnold Arboretum.) aches this Oak most 122 TREES AND SHRUBS. those of Quercus marilandica, and the oval or ovate acute leaves with undulate margins which appear to be common on vigorous shoots of Quercus arkansana do not occur, so far as I have been able to observe, on the shoots of Quercus marilandica, which on vigorous shoots sometimes produces oblong to obovate deeply lobed leaves. The leaves of Quer- cus arkansana are without the short rufous hairs which are mixed with the stellate hairs on the young leaves and branches of Quercus marilandica which, usually persistent during the season, give to the lower surface of the leaves of this tree their peculiar orange-colored or brownish appearance. The acorn of the Fulton tree is ovate, much broader than long, not oblong like that of Quercus marilandica, and the cup is more or less shallow with thinner more closely appressed pubescent scales, the rim round the inner surface of the cup being formed by only a single row of scales with no tendency to become reflexed or to form the thick rim which is one of the striking characters in the fruit of Quercus marilandica. The fruit more closely resembles that of the Water Oak, Quercus nigra Linnseus, but the leaves are different in shape and the Water Oak is without stellate hairs. A specimen with immature fruit collected by Mohr on July 4, 1880, on the wooded banks of the Conecuh River, Conecuh County, Alabama, and considered by him a possible hybrid between Quercus nigra and Quercus marilandica, judging by the shape of the leaves and the occasional stellate hairs on their lower surface, is perhaps Quercus arkansana. This Oak is one of the most interesting of the numerous plants discovered by Mr. Bush in Missouri and Arkansas. C. S. S. EXPLANATION OF THE PLATE. Plate CLII. Quercus arkansana. 1. A flowering branch, natural size. 2. A staminate flower, enlarged. 3. A pistillate flower, enlarged. 4. A fruiting branch, natural size. 5. Part of a cup of the fruit, enlarged. 6 and 7. Leaves from a sterile branch, natural size. 8. Portion of a young leaf showing the staminate pubescence. QrKKCUS AKKAXSANA, Sar TREES AND SHRUBS. TREMA, Lour. (UlmacesB.) Teema, Loureiro, Fl. Cochin. 562 (1790). — Bentham & Hooker, Gen. iii. 355. — Engler & Prantl, Pflanzenfam. iii. pt. i. 65. Sponia, Commerson ex Lamarck, Diet. iv. 139 (1796). — Endlicher, Gen. 276. — Meissner, Gen. pt. ii. 259. — Decaisne, Nouv. Ann. Mus. iii. 499 (Herb. Timor. Descript.). — Planchon, Ann. Sci. Wat. ser. 3, x. 264. Unarmed trees and shrubs, with watery juices and terete branchlets. Leaves alternate, often two- ranked, serrate, penniveined, three-nerved from the base, short-petiolate, persistent ; stipules lateral, free, usually small, caducous. Flowers apetalous, small, monoecious, dioecious, or rarely perfect, in axillary cymes ; calyx five- or rarely four-parted, the lobes induplicate, valvate or slightly imbri- cated in the bud, or in perfect flowers more or less concave and induplicate ; stamens five or rarely four, opposite the calyx-lobes and inserted on their base, occasionally present in the pistillate flower; filaments short, erect ; anthers oblong, attached on the back near the base, introrse, two-celled, the cells opening longitudinally; ovary sessile, rudimentary or wanting in the staminate flower; style central, slightly or entirely divided into two linear fleshy stigmatic branches ; ovule solitary, pendulous from the apex of the cell, anatropous, micropyle superior. Fruit drupaceous, short- oblong to subglobose, crowned by the persistent style ; exocarp more or less fleshy ; endocarp hard ; seed filling the cavity of the nutlet ; testa membranaceous, albumen fleshy, often scanty ; embryo curved or slightly involute ; cotyledons narrow ; radicle incurved, ascending. Trema, with about twenty species, is widely distributed in tropical and subtropical regions of the two hemispheres. Two species reach the coast region and the keys of southern Florida. Of these Trema mollis is a small tree, and Trema Lamarckiana, 1 which in Florida has been noticed only on Key Largo, 2 where it grows as a small shrub, is widely distributed over the Bahamas and many of the West Indian islands. 3 J c. s. s. i Blume, Mus. Lugd. Bat. ii. 58 (1852). Celtis Lima, Lamarck, Diet. iv. 140 (not Swartz) (1796). Celtis Lamarckiana, Rcemer & Schultes, Syst. vi. 311 (1820). Sponia Lamarckiana (Reamer & Schultes), Decaisne, Nouv. Ann. Mus. iii. 499 (Herb. Timor. Descript.) (1835). — Planchon, Ann. Sci. Nat. ser. 3, x. 332 ; De Candolle Prodr. xvii. 204. — Grisehach, Fl. Brit. W. Ind. 150 ; Cat. PI. Cub. 57. — Sau- valle, Fl. Cub. 149. — Duss, Ann. Inst. Col. Marseille, iii. 153 (Fl. Phaner. Antill. Franc.). Celtis parvifolia, A. Richard, Ft. Cub. iii. 219(1853). Trema Lima (Lamarck), Hitchcock, Rep. Mo. Bot. Gard. iv. 129 (not Blume) (1893). > A. H. Curtiss, 1881 ; C. S. Sargent, April 21, 1886 (in herh. Arnold Arboretum). » There is a description and figure of this species in Plumier, PI. Amer. Fasc. ed. Burmann, 201, t. 206, f. 2, as Rhamnus inermis.foliis ovato-oblongis, sedbris, serratis, floribus axillaribus, solitariis, fructu pedunculato. TREES AND SHRUBS. TEEMA MOLLIS (Willd.), Bl. Teema mollis (Willdenow), Blume, Mus. Lugd. Bat. ii. 58 (1852). — Coombs, Trans. St. Louis Acad. Sci. vii. 464. Celtis mollis, Willdenow, Spec. iv. 996 (1805). — Humboldt, Bonpland & Kunth, Nov. Gen. & Spec. ii. 24. Sponia mollis (Willdenow), Decaisue, Nouv. Ann. Mus. iii. 499 (Herb. Timor. Descript.) (1835). — Plancbon, Ann. Sci. Nat. set. 3, x. 331.— Grisebacb, Fl. Brit. W. Ind. 150; Gat. PI Cub. 57. — Sauvalle, Fl. Cub. 149. Sponia micbantha D, Planchon, De Gandolle Prodr. xvii. 203 (in part) (1873). Trema micbantha, Chapman, Fl. ed. 2, Suppl. 649 (not Blume) (1883). Tkema florid ana, Britton, Small Fl. Southeastern U. S. 366 (1903). — Britton & Shafer, N. Am. Trees, 360, f . 320. Leaves two-ranked, ovate, abruptly acuminate, rounded, cordate, and more or less or not at all oblique at the base, finely serrate, with incurved or rounded apiculate teeth, dark green and scabrate on the upper surface, covered with pale tomentum on the lower surface, from 6 to 10 centimetres long, and from 3 to 6 centimetres wide, with prominent midribs and primary veins, and conspicuous reticulate veinlets ; petioles stout, tomentose, about 1 centimetre in length ; stipules narrow, acuminate, covered with long white hairs, about one third as long as the petioles. Flowers subtended by minute scarious deciduous bracts on short slender pedicels in bisexual many- flowered pedunculate villose cymes about as long as the petioles; calyx five-lobed, the lobes acute, oblong, incurved at the apex, villose on the outer surface ; style divided to the base. Fruit short- oblong, slightly yellowish brown, from 4 to 5 millimetres in diameter. A fast-growing short-lived tree, in Florida occasionally 8 or 9 metres high, with a tall trunk from 4 to 6 centimetres in diameter and covered with thin chocolate-brown bark roughened by numerous small wart-like excrescences and separating into small appressed papery scales, small crowded branches ascending at narrow angles, and stout hoary tomentose red-brown two-ranked branchlets. Flowers in March and April. Fruit ripens in the autumn or winter. Florida : rich hammocks near the shores of Bay Biscayne and in the Everglades and on the southern keys ; common, often springing up when the hammocks have been burnt or cleared of their deciduous-leaved forests, as Populus tremuloides Michaux and Primus pennsylvanica Lin- naeus appear in the north on burned-over forest lands. Key West, J. L. Blodgett; Fort Dallas, J. G. Cooper ex herb. G. Thurber; Bay Biscayne, E. Palmer, 1874 (No. 516); Miami, A. P. Garber, July, 1877 (No. 229) (all in herb. Gray) ; between Bay Biscayne and the Everglades, A. H. Curtiss, May (No. 2543) ; old fields west of Bay Biscayne, A. H. Curtiss, 1882; Key Largo, A. H. Curtiss, November 7, 1885, C. 8. Sargent, April 15, 1886; Miami, Mrs. A. T. Slosson, March, 1898 ; near Homestead, A. R. Sargent, March 21, 1908 ; Paradise Key in the Everglades, 1 E. A. Bessey, May 5, 1908 (No. 35) ; Everglades, E. A. Bessey, May, 1908 (No. 1 The so-called keys of the Everglades lie near the southern end of the peninsula between Bay Biscayne and Ponce de Leon Bay. They are low island-like bodies of land raised above the general level surface of the Everglades, and are mostly covered with an open forest of pine trees. In the midst of this forest are hammocks of rich soil on which several of the tropical trees and shrubs of Florida grow to a larger size than in other parts of the state. These keys are difficult to reach and have not yet been systematically explored. 126 TREES AND SHRUBS. 46) • Long Key in the Everglades, R. M. Harper, March 26, 1909 (No. 101) ; Cocoanut Grove, Mils 0. Rodham, 1910 (all in herb. Arnold Arboretum); also on many of the West Indian islands and in Mexico. C S. S. EXPLANATION OF THE PLATE. Plate CLIII. Tbema mollis. 1. A flowering branch, natural size. 2 and 3. Staminate flowers, enlarged. 4. A pistillate flower, enlarged. 5. A fruiting branch, natural size. 6. Vertical section of a fruit, enlarged. 7. An embryo, enlarged. TREMA MOLLIS. LI. TREES AND SHRUBS. XIMENIA, L. Ximenia, Linnaeus, Gen. 361 (1737). — A. L. de Jussieu, Gen. 259. — Meissner, Gen. 45. — Endlicher, Gen. 1042. — Bentham & Hooker, Gen. i. 346. — Valeton, Crit. Overz. Olacin. 72. — Baillon, Hist. PL xi. 450 (in part). — Engler & Prantl, Pflanzenfam. iii. pt. i. 237. Heymassoli, Aublet, Hist. PL Guian. 324 (1775). Bottboelia, Scopoli, Introd. 233 (1777). Pimecaria, Bafinesque, Alsograph. Am. 64 (1838). Trees and shrubs, with watery juices and terete armed or unarmed branchlets. Leaves alter- nate, entire, subcoriaceous, often fascicled, persistent, short-petiolate, without stipules. Flowers perfect, white, on slender pedicels in short axillary cymes or rarely solitary ; calyx small, four- lobed, the lobes imbricated in the bud, persistent ; disk wanting ; petals four or five, hypogynous, narrow, bearded on their inner face, revolute above the middle, valvate in the bud ; stamens twice as many as the petals and inserted with them ; filaments free, filiform ; anthers linear, attached on the back near the base, two-celled, the cells opening laterally, their connective apiculate at the apex ; ovary four-celled below, only the apex one-celled, externally four-grooved, glandular at the base, gradually narrowed into the slender style ; 1 stigma entire, subcapitate, ovules linear, solitary in each cell, pendulous from the apex of the axile placenta, anatropous, raphe dorsal, micropyle superior. Fruit drupaceous, ovoid or globose, one-celled ; exocarp thick and succulent, endocarp crustaceous or subligneous ; seed filling the cavity of the endocarp, pendulous, surrounded by a thin spongy coat; testa membranaceous; cotyledons elliptical; embryo minute, erect in the apex of the copious fleshy albumen ; raphe terete. Four or five species of Ximenia inhabit tropical shores in the two hemispheres. The most widely distributed of the species and the type of the genus, Ximenia americana, reaches southern Florida; Ximenia ferox* occurs in Hayti ; Ximenia parvijlora 3 inhabits southern Mexico; Ximenia coriacea* occurs in Brazil, and Ximenia caffra 5 in southern Africa. The genus is named for Francesco Ximenes, a Dominican priest, born at Luna in Aragon, who lived for several years in Mexico, where in 1615 he published Qnatro libros de la naturaleza y virtudes de las plantas y animates que estan recevidos en el uso medicina en la Nueva Espafia, based on the collections and manuscripts of Francesco Hernandez, a Spanish physician sent by Philip II to Mexico in 1571 to investigate the medical properties of the flora. c. s. s. i As pointed out by Beccari (Nuov. Giorn. Bot. Ital. ix. 278, t. 11), the ovary of Ximenia is formed of four carpels com- pletely united externally but internally united from the base for little more than one half their length, so that in the upper part the cavity is one-celled but in the lower part each carpel forms a cell. ' The style of Ximenia thus contains a cavity which is not connected with the four cells below, or, if such a connection exists, it is by an exceedingly narrow aperture. * Poiret, Lamarck Diet. viii. 805 (1808). — Sprengel, Syst. ii. 217. — Valeton, Crit. Overz. Olacin. 77. —Urban, Syn. Fl. Ind. Occ. v. 186. This is an obscure and little known plant, and possibly belongs to another genus. 8 Bentham, PI. Hartweg. 7 (1839). — Hooker, Icon. iv. t. 350. — Hemsley, Bot. Biol. Am. Cent. i. 185. — Valeton, Crit. Overz. * Engler, Martins Fl. Brasil. xii. pt. ii. 10, t. 2, f . 2 (1872). — Valeton, Crit. Ova * Sender, Linncca, xxiii. 21 (1850) ; Harvey & Sender, Fl. Cap. i. 235.- Vale South African Phil. Soc. xviii. pt. ii. 137. TREES AND SHRUBS. XIMEMA AMERICANA, L. Ximenia Americana, Linnseus, Spec. 1193 (1753). — Jacquin, Hist. Select. Stirp. Am. 53, t. 107. — Swartz, Obs. 149. — Poiret, Lamarck Diet. viii. 805. — Lamarck, III. ii. 435, t. 297, f . 1. — Willdenow, Spec. ii. pt. i. 338. — Lunan, Hort. Jam. ii. 156. — Descourtilz, Fl. Med. Antill. ii. 266, 1. 132.— De Candolle, Prodr. i. 533. — Sprengel, Syst. ii. 216. — Cambessedes, St. Hilaire Fl. Bras. Merid. i. 341. — Schumacher, Vidensk. Selsk. Abhand. ser. 4, 213 (Beskr. Guin. PI). — Guillemin, Perrottet & A. Richard, Tent. Fl. Senegal, i. 102. — Rox- burgh, Fl. Ind. ed. 2, ii. 252. — Wight & Arnott, Prodr. i. 89. — Spanoghe, Linncea, xv. 177 (Prodr. Fl. Timor.). — Nuttall, Sylva, i. 124, t. 36.— Sehnizlein, Icon. iii. t. 223, f. 1-9, 30, 31. — A. Richard, Ess. Fl. He Cub. 228 ; Fl. Cub. ii. 92. — Roemer, Fam. Nat. Syn. i. 22. — Schomburgk, Faun. u. Fl. Brit. Guian. 999. — Hooker, Niger Fl. 114. — Blume, Mus. Bot. Lugd. Bat. i. 247.— Miquel, Fl. Ind. Bat. i. pt. i. 786. — Pancher, Cuzent Tahiti, 229.— Baillon, Adansonia, ii. t. 9, f, 5, 6. — Bentham, Fl. Austral, i. 391. — Grisebach, Fl. Brit. W. Ind. 310; Cat. PI. Cub. 118.— Chapman, Fl. 61. — Seemann, Fl. Vit. 30. — Oliver, Fl. Trop. Afric. i. 346. — Engler, Martins FL Bras. xii. pt. ii. 9, t. 2. — Nadeaud, Emum. PL Tahiti, 229. — Sauvalle, FL Cub. 21.— Masters, Hooker f. Fl. Brit. Ind. i. 574. — Baker, FL Mauritius and the Seychelles, 48. — Beccari, Nuov. Giorn. Bot. Ital. ix. 276, 1. 11, f . 1-11. — Hemsley, Bo t. Biol. Am. Cent. i. 185. — Valeton, Crit. Overz. Olacin. 74. — Drake del Castillo, FL Polyn. Franc. 29. — Trimen, Fl. Ceylon, i. 255. — Talbot, Trees Bombay, 44; Forest FL Bombay Presidency and Sind, i. 256. — Robinson, Gray Syn. Fl. N. Am. i. pt. i. 394. — Duss, Ann. Inst. Col. Marseille, iii. 326 (FL Phaner. Antill. Franc.). — Koorders, Med. 's Lands Plantent. xix. 391 (Fl. N. O. Celebes). — Coombs, Trans. St. Louis Acad. Sci. vii. 408. —Small, Fl. Southeastern U. S. 1104.— Cooke, FL Bombay, i. 220. — Pobeguin, Fl. Guian. Frang. 282. — Urban, Syn. Fl. Ind. Occ. v. 185.— Britton & Shafer, N. Am. Trees, 377, f. 332.— De Clercq, Nieuw. PL Woordenb. Ned. Ind. 345. Ximenia multiflora, Jacquin, Enum.Pl. Car ib. 19 (1762); Hist. Stirp. Am. 106, t. 277, £. 31. — Lamarck, III. t. 297, f. l. — Spach. Hist. Veg. xiii. 264. — Roemer, Fam. Nat. Syn. i. 22. Ximenia inermis, Linnaeus, Spec. ed. 2, 497 (1762). — Crantz, Inst. ii. 381. — Poiret, Lamarck Diet. viii. 805. — Willdenow, Spec. ii. pt. i. 339.— Lunan, Hort. Jam. ii. 156. — De Candolle, Prodr. i. 533. — Macfadyen, Fl. Jam. i. 122. — Schomburgk, Faun. u. FL Brit. Guian. 999. Heymassoli spinosa, Aublet, PL Guian. i. 324, t. 135 (1775). — Lamarck, III. t. 297, f. 2. Heymassoli inermis, Aublet, PL Guian. i. 325 (1775). Ximenia aculeata, Crantz, Inst. ii. 381 (1766). — Tussac, FL Antill. iii. 100, t. 30. Ximenia spinosa, Salisbury, Prodr. 276 (1796). Ximenia elliptica, Forster, Prodr. 27 (1797). — Willdenow, Spec. ii. pt. i. 339. — La Billar- diere, Sert. Austr.-Caled. i. 34, t. 37.— Sprengel, Syst. ii. 217. Ximenia Americana, a ovata, De Candolle, Prodr. i. 533 (1824). — Valeton, Crit. Overz. Olacin. 75. Ximenia Americana, (3 oblonga, De Candolle, Prodr. i. 533 (1824). — Grisebach, Abhand. K. Gesell. Wiss. Gbtt. xxiv. 149 (Symbol. Fl. Argent.). — Valeton, Crit. Overz. Olacin. 75. Ximenia Montana, Macfadyen, Fl. Jam. i. 121 (1837). 130 TREES AND SHRUBS. Ximenia laurina, Delile, Ann. Sci. Nat. ser. 2, xx. 89 (1843). Ximenia fluminensis, Roemer, Fam. Nat. Syn. i. 22 (1846). Ximenia exarmata, F. Mueller, Trans. Phil. Inst. Vict. iii. 22 {teste Bentham, Fl. Austral, i. 391) [1859]. Ximenia Americana, S laurina (Delile), Valeton, Crit. Overz. Olacin. 76 (1886). Ximenia Americana, e elliptica (Forster), Valeton, Crit. Overz. Olacin. 76 (1886). Ximenia Americana, var. pubens, Grisebach, Abhand. K. Gesell. Wiss. Gbtt.xxiv. 149 (Symbol. Fl. Argent.) (1879) . — Valeton, Crit. Overz. Olacin. 76. Ximenia coriacba, Valeton, Crit. Overz. Olacin. 76 (in part, not Engler) (1886). Leaves oblong or elliptical, rounded and often emarginate and apiculate at the apex, gradually narrowed at the base, glabrous, bright green and lustrous above, pale below, from 3 to 6 centi- metres long and from 1.5 to 3 centimetres wide, with slightly thickened revolute margins, promi- nent midribs and obscure primary veins ; petioles slender, narrowly wing-margined at the apex, from 5 to 10 millimetres in length. Flowers bell-shaped, from 6 to 7 millimetres long, fragrant, on slender pedicels, in the axils of minute acuminate caducous bractlets, in three- or four-flowered clus- ters on peduncles from 5 to 7 millimetres long ; calyx-lobes acute ; petals oblong-obovate, narrowed and obtuse at the apex, yellowish white, leathery, conspicuously bearded from the base nearly to the apex. Fruit broadly ovoid to subglobose, yellow, 1.5 or 1.6 centimetres long, with thin acid flesh, and ovoid light red stone covered with minute pits and abruptly apiculate at the apex, and yellow seeds with bright orange-colored cotyledons. A tree, in Florida occasionally 10 metres high, with a tall trunk from 6 to 8 centimetres in diameter, covered with red close astringent bark, spreading branches armed with stout straight spines mostly from 1.5 to 2 centimetres long, 1 and slender branchlets slightly angled and light red- dish brown when they first appear, becoming terete and light gray or red-brown and marked by numerous lenticels, or more often a shrub. Flowers in April and May. Fruit ripens during the summer. 2 The wood is very heavy, tough, hard, close-grained, compact, brown tinged with red, with lighter colored sapwood ; it contains numerous regularly distributed open ducts and a few thin medullary rays. The specific gravity of the dry wood is 0.9196. Hydrocyanic acid has been obtained from the fruit. 3 In Florida, 4 near Eustis, Lake County, which is its most northern reported station, George B. Nash, May, 1894 (No. 622), to the southern keys ; of its largest size on the west coast and on Long Key in the Everglades, E. A. Bessey, May, 1908 (No. 101). Ximenia americana is com- mon on the shores of the Antilles, ranging southward to Brazil. It is found in west tropical Africa, the Indian Peninsula, on many of the islands of the Indian Archipelago, in New Guinea, Australia, and on several of the islands of the South Pacific Ocean. c. s. s. 1 In Florida the branches are usually if not always armed, but farther south they are sometimes unarmed by the abortion of J This tree was first described by Plumier in 1703 as Ximenia aculeate flore villoso, fructu luteo, Nov. PI. Am. Gen. 6, t. 21; PI Amtr. Fate, ed. Burmann, 260, t. 261, f. 1. See also Linnaeus, Hort. Cliff. 483. 8 FlUckiger & Hanbury, Pharmacographia, 222. * Ximenia americana appears to have been first noticed in Florida somewhere on the upper St. John's River by William Bar- tram in 1774 (see Travels, 114). EXPLANATION OF THE PLATE. Plate CLIV. Ximenia Americana. 1. A flowering branch, natural size. 2. A flower-bud, enlarged. 3. Vertical section of a flower, enlarged. 4. A petal, outer and inner surface, enlarged. 5. A pistil divided transversely, enlarged. 6. A stamen, front and rear vii 7. A fruiting branch, natural s 8. Vertical section of a fruit, enlarged. 9. A stone, enlarged. XIMEXIA AMERICANA, L. TREES AND SHRUBS. MISANTECA, Cham. & Schl. (Lauracese.) Misanteca, Chamisso & Schlechtendal, Linncea, vi. 367 (1831). — Nees von Esenbeck, Laur. Ex- pos. 13; Syst. Laur. 272. — Meissner, Gen. 326; De Candolle Prodr. xv. pt. i. 95. — End- licher, Gen. 319. — Bentham & Hooker, Gen. iii. 155. — Mez, Jahrb. Bot. Gart. Berlin, v. 100. — Engler & Prantl, Pflanzenfam. iii. pt. ii. 123. Symphysodaphne, A. Richard, Fl. Cub. iii. 190 (1855). Trees with terete branchlets. Leaves alternate, entire, coriaceous, penniveined, persistent; stipules wanting. Flowers perfect, minute, apetalous, on slender pedicels, in terminal or axillary cymose panicles, the peduncles of the cymes and the pedicels from the axils of acuminate caducous bracts and bractlets; perianth fleshy, ovoid or obovoid, six-toothed; stamens three, extrorse, inserted near the middle of the perianth, united into a fleshy column furnished at the base with three pairs of glands, enclosing the pistil and slightly longer than the perianth ; anthers two-celled, the cells united, opening from below upward by oblong persistent lids ; ovary gradually narrowed into a thick style as long as the staminal tube ; stigma capitate ; ovule solitary, suspended, anat- ropous, micropyle superior. Fruit baccate, olive-shaped, surrounded at the base by the enlarged ligneous capsular perianth of the flower much thickened at the margin ; pericarp thin, fleshy ; endocarp thin, crustaceous ; seed filling the cavity of the fruit ; testa thin, crustaceous ; hilum minute, apical ; cotyledons plano-convex, fleshy ; radicle superior, minute. Three species of Misanteca are known ; one, the type of the genus, 1 inhabits tropical Mexico, where a second species 2 occurs, and Misanteca triandra is found in Cuba and extends into southern Florida. The generic name is derived from the Mexican name of the tree, Palo Misanteco, at Misantla, near the coast of the State of Vera Cruz, in Mexico, where the type species was discovered. C. S. S. » Misanteca capitata, Chamisso & Schlechtendal, Linnaa, vi. 367 (1831). — Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. v. 189. — Meissner, De Candolle Prodr. xv. pt. i. 96. — Hemsley, Bot. Biol. Am. Cent. iii. 71. — Mez, Jahrb. Bot. Gart. Berlin, v. 100. a Misanteca Jurgensenii, Mez, Jahrb. Bot. Gart. Berlin, v. 102 (1889). Nectandra limbata, Meissner, De Candolle Prodr. xv. pt. i. 156 (in part, not Nees von Esenbeck) (1864). TREES AND SHRUBS. MISAOTECA TRIATORA (Sw.), Mez. Misanteca triandra (Swartz), Mez, Jahrb. Bot. Gart. Berlin, v. 103 (1889). Laurus triandra, Swartz, Prodr. 65 (1788) ; Fl. Ind. Occ. ii. 706. — Willdenow, Spec. ii. 482.— Persoon, Syn. i. 449. — Poiret, Lamarck Diet. Suppl. iii. 324. Endiandra jamaicensis, Sprengel, Syst. i. 176 (1825). — Rcemer & Schultes, Mant. iii. Addit. ii. 400. Acrodicliditjm jamaicensis, Nees von Esenbeck, Syst. Laur. 270 (1836). — Meissner, De Can- dolle Prodr. xv. pt. i. 85. — Grisebach, Fl. Brit. W. Ind. 280; PI. Wright. 188; Cat. PI. Cub. 111. — Sauvalle, Fl. Cub. 143. Symphysodaphne cubensis, A. Richard, Fl. Cub. iii. 190, t. 67 (1855). — Meissner, De Candolle Prodr. xv. pt. i. 176. Aydendron? cubense, A. Richard, Fl. Cub. iii. 187 (1855). Leaves elliptical-lanceolate, ovate or broadly elliptical, abruptly long-pointed and acuminate at the apex and gradually narrowed and cuneate at the base; deeply tinged with red and villose on the lower side of the midribs when they unfold, soon becoming glabrous, and at maturity dark green and lustrous on the upper surface, pale on the lower surface, from 8 to 12 centimetres long and from 3.5 to 4 centimetres wide, with slightly undulate margins, prominent midribs, slender primary veins, and reticulate veinlets conspicuous on the lower surface; petioles stout, narrowly wing- margined at the apex, at first pubescent, becoming glabrous, from 8 to 10 millimetres in length. Flowers glabrous or puberulous, purplish, from 2 to 2.5 millimetres long, in three- to five-flowered cymes, on slender peduncles, in pubescent panicles shorter than the leaves ; tube of the perianth funnel-form, the lobes equal, triangular, acute ; staminal column pilose ; ovary glabrous. Fruit in few-fruited clusters, on much elongated and thickened pedicels, ovoid, acute, dark blue, 2 centi- metres long, 1.5 centimetres in diameter ; cupule light red, thickened and verrucose, acute at the base, the margin reflexed, thin and entire on the inner edge, thick and crenulate on the outer edge ; seed light brown, slightly ridged when dry. A tree, in Florida about 15 metres high, with a tall trunk 4.2 decimetres in diameter, covered with light red-brown bark, small spreading and pendent branches forming a broad round-topped handsome head, and slender red branchlets pubescent when they first appear, soon becoming gla- brous and marked by numerous large pale lenticels. Flowers in September. Fruit ripens in early summer. Florida, where only two individuals have been seen : edge of a hammock by roadside between Miami and Homestead, Dade County, Miss O. Rodham, June 2, 1910 ; E. Simmonds, July 6 and September 1, 1910 (in herb. Arnold Arboretum) ; also in Cuba. c. s. s. EXPLANATION OF THE PLATE. Plate CLV. Misanteca thiandba. 1. A flowering branch, natural size. 2. A flower, enlarged. 3. Vertical section of a flower, enlarged. 4. A staminal column, enlarged. 5. A pistil, enlarged. 6. A fruiting branch, natural size. 7. Vertical section of a fruit, natural size. 8. A seed, natural size. 9. An embryo, natural size. III. Lig. Pl. M I S A N'T F.< A TKI AXDRA, Mez. TREES AND SHRUBS. HAMAMELIS VERNALIS, Saeg. Hamamelis vernalis, n. sp. Leaves oblong-obovate, acute or rounded at the apex, cuneate and entire below and sinuate- dentate above the middle ; when they unfold glabrous above and coated on the midribs and veins below with stellate hairs mixed with fascicles of long matted straight hairs, or stellate-pubescent on the two surfaces, and at maturity thin, dark yellow-green above, pale and often glaucous, espe- cially early in the season, on the lower surface, and more or less rusty-pubescent or nearly glabrous on the under side of the midribs and veins, from 8 to 10 centimetres long and from 5 to 7 centi- metres wide ; petioles stout, coated with matted pale or rusty hairs ; stipules lanceolate, acuminate, scarious, hoary-pubescent, 5 or 6 millimetres in length, caducous. Flowers in axillary clusters, on stout rusty-tomentose peduncles; calyx-lobes rounded, ciliate on the margins, tomentose on the outer surface, dark red on the inner surface ; petals light yellow. Fruit about 1.5 centimetres long ; seeds acute, dark chestnut-brown or nearly black. A shrub, rarely more than 2 metres high, spreading by stolons into broad thickets, with small pale gray-brown stems and slender branchlets densely stellate-pubescent and covered with long pale deciduous hairs when they first appear, becoming glabrous in their third year. Flowers from the end of January until the end of March. Fruit ripens in early summer. Gravelly banks of streams, often inundated. Missouri : tributaries of the Upper Meramec Eiver, G. Engelmann, November, 1845 ; Pilot Knob, Iron County, G. Engelmann, September 9, 1859, JST. M. Glutfelter, August 20, 1905 (No. 179); Ironton, Iron County, Russell, July, 1897; East- ern Iron County, W. Trelease, August 18, 1907 (No. 424); Carter County, H. Eygert, June 6, 1893 ; Williamsville, Wayne County, H. Eggert, June 21, 1893, B. F. Bush, April 1, 1893, W. Trelease, September 9, 1897 (No. 425); Shannon County, B. F. Bush, October 21, 1893; Pleasant Grove, Ripley County, K. K. Mackenzie, July 25, 1897 (No. 419); Galena, Stone County, E. J. Palmer, November 18, 1905 (No. 16) (all in herb. Missouri Bot. Gard.); near Monteer, Shannon County, B. F. Bush, August, 1894 ; Monteer, B. F. Bush (Nos. 4875, 5344, 5393); Branson, B. F. Bush, October 28, 1908 (No. 5385) ; Grandin, Carter County, B. F. Bush, May 7, 1905 (No. 2731) ; Swan, Taney County, B. F. Bush, May 7, 1905 (Nos. 2731, 4854 type for fruit, 4915 and 5394 type for flowers) ; Eagle Rock, B. F. Bush (Nos. 102, 3239) (all in herb. Arnold Arboretum). Arkansas: Eureka Springs, Carroll County, B. F. Bush, May 8, 1902 (No. 1512), JV. M. Glatfelter, July 17, 1898; Sulphur Potash Springs, W. Trelease, Sep- tember 3, 1897; Hot Springs, Garland County, W. Trelease, October 3, 1898; Mt. Mena, W. Trelease, June 1, 1898 (all in herb. Mo. Bot. Gard.) ; Eureka Springs, Carroll County, G. S. Sar- gent, May 8, 1902 (in herb. Arnold Arboretum). Oklahoma : Cherokee Nation, J. W. Blankin- ship, August 19, 1895 (in herb. Gray). The different species of Hamamelis offer no good morphological characters, the structure of the flowers, fruit and seeds being the same in them all. The plant, however, from southern Missouri, Arkansas and Louisiana is so distinct in its time of flowering, in the bright red color of the inner surface of the calyx-lobes, in the pale color of the under surface of the leaves, and in the amount Ire t icy of the pubescence on the leaves and branches that it appears desirable to distinguish it specifically from Hamamelis virginiana. The habit, too, of spreading by stolons into great thickets, and the fact that it grows so far as I have seen it only in the gravelly beds and margins of streams, also seem to separate it from the eastern species, which inhabits rich woodlands and upland pastures. In the color of the inner surface of the calyx-lobes and in its time of flowering Hamamelis vernalis resembles the Japanese species. 138 TREES AND SHRUBS. A specimen in the herbarium of the Missouri Botanic Garden collected by G. C. Nealy at Beaumont, Texas, Decem- ber 2, 1884, with fragmentary flowers, is perhaps this species, judging by the pubescent branchlets. This is the only specimen of Hamamelis from Texas which I have seen. EXPLANATION OF THE PLATE. Plate CLVI. Hamamelis vernalis. 1. A flowering branch, natural size. 2. Vertical section of a flower, enlarged. 3. A stamen, side view, enlarged. 4. A fruiting branch, natural size. 5. A fruit, enlarged. 6. A seed, enlarged. HAMAMET.T3 VEENALIS, Sarg. TREES AND SHRUBS. MALUS GLAUCESCENS, Rehd. Malus glaucescens, n. sp. Leaves triangular-ovate or ovate, acute, short-acuminate or rounded at the apex, truncate or subcordate at the base, those of the flowering branchlets more or less lobed and coarsely serrate, w ; th abruptly acuminate teeth, their lobes triangular, broadly ovate and abruptly acuminate, the lowest pair usually the largest ; when they unfold bronze color and covered with thin floccose tomentum, soon becoming quite glabrous, dull yellowish green on the upper surface, glaucescent on the lower surface, from 4 to 9 centimetres long and from 3 to 8 centimetres wide, with four to seven pairs of veins impressed above and prominent beneath ; petioles slender, slightly villose at first, soon becoming glabrous, from 2 to 4 centimetres in length ; stipules filiform, purplish, slightly vil- lose or glabrescent, about 1 centimetre long, deciduous. In the autumn the leaves turn dull yellow or dark purple before falling. Flowers from about 3.5 to 4 centimetres in diameter, appearing after the leaves are almost fully grown, on slender glabrous pedicels from 2 to 3 centimetres long, in from five- to seven-flowered umbel-like racemes ; calyx thinly coated on the outer surface with floccose caducous pubescence, or glabrous or nearly so, the lobes oblong-lanceolate, long-acuminate, densely tomentose on the inner surface, slightly longer than the obconic tube ; petals oval, rounded at the apex, abruptly contracted below into a long claw, white or rose color, from 1.5 to 2.2 centimetres long and from 1.1 to 1.4 centimetres broad; stamens about one third shorter than the petals ; styles five, about as long as the stamens, densely villose below and connate at the base for about one fourth of their length. Fruit depressed-globose, with a shallow uniform concave depression at the base and a shallow only slightly corrugated cavity at the apex, yellow when ripe, fragrant, covered with a waxy viscid exudation, from 3 to 4 centimetres in diameter and from 2.5 to 3 centimetres high. An arborescent shrub or small tree, rarely exceeding 5 metres in height, with a slender trunk sometimes 2 metres tall and 1.5 decimetres in diameter, spreading spiny branches forming an open head, slender branchlets nearly glabrous or, when they first appear, slightly pubescent, and bright red-brown in their first and second years ; older branches clothed with smooth dark grayish brown bark marked with yellowish lenticels. Bark of the trunk dark gray with shallow longitudinal fissures, finally separating into thin small scales. Winter-buds conical, light reddish brown glabrous, hardly more than 5 millimetres in length, with several oblong-lanceolate acute scales, those of the outer ranks villose on the inner surface near the apex. Flowers appear after the middle of May in the north and at the beginning of May in North Carolina, and about a week earlier than those of Malus coronaria. The fruit ripens and falls in September two or three weeks earlier than that of Malus coronaria. New York : Rochester, Maple Grove Park, J. Dunbar, May 25, 1904 and 1905 (type) ; Seneca Park, May 19, 1905, September 26, 1906, October 26, 1910 ; South Buffalo, B. H. Slavin, Sep- tember 1, 1910 ; Cattaraugus County, Salamanca, October 6, 1910 ; Ontario County, Canandaigua, September 2, 1910 (all in herb. Arnold Arboretum). Pennsylvania : Alleghany County, South Fayetteville Township, 8. W. Knipe, May, 1871, and May, 1900 ; Shafer Farm near Carnot, J. A. Shafer, May 18, 1902 (in herb. Carnegie Mus.). North Carolina : Haywood County, Jonathan's Creek, C. 8. Sargent, September, 1888; Biltmore, May 3 and September 4, 1897 (No. 1297 B); Biltmore, October 5, 1910, T. G. Harbison (Nos. 191, 192). Alabama: De Kalb County, Valley- head, T. G. Harbison, October 7, 1910 (Nos. 194 and 196) (in herb. Arnold Arboretum). 140 TREES AND SHRUBS. Malus glaucescens is most nearly related to Mains coronaria, which is readily distinguished by its less distinctly lobed leaves usually rounded at the base and pale yellowish green on their under surface, and by its tomentose shorter and stouter petioles ; the pubescence of the under surface of the leaves disappears usually later in Malus coronaria and is denser and remains longer on the veins and on the petioles, while in Malus glaucescens the pubescence is thinner and more floccose and the leaves quickly become entirely glabrous. The fruit of Malus coronaria ripens later and is sub- globose greenish or greenish yellow ; the cavity at the apex is rather deep and uneven, with separate corrugations, which may even extend into obscure ribs. The specimens from Rochester which I consider represent the type have the calyx coated with a thin floccose caducous tomentum, while the calyx of the specimens from Pennsylvania and North Carolina is quite glabrous. Probably to this species belongs a form with densely villous calyx occurring in southwestern Ontario. Of this form I have seen the following specimens, which, however, are so incomplete that it is not possible to place them definitely. Woods, Niagara, J. Macoun, May 31, 1901 (ex herb. Geol. Survey, Canada, No. 34,405); Wallaceburgh, J. Macoun, June 17, 1901 (ex herb. Geol. Survey, Canada, No. 34,486) ; Amesburgh, J. Macoun, June 10, 1892 (Fl. Can. No. 81) ; Fort Detroit, W. lioott, May 23, 1869 (all in herb. Gray). Here also belongs probably a cultivated plant from Fairmount Park, Philadelphia, A. MacMwee (Nob. 2166, 2166 A in herb. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila.), May 6 and 15, 1901. Alfred Rehdek. EXPLANATION OF THE PLATE. Plate CLVII. Malus c 1. A flowering branch, natural size. 2. Vertical section of a flower, the petals r 3. A fruiting branch, natural size. 4. Cross section of a fruit, natural size. III. Lig. Pl. MALUS GLAUCESCENS. Kehd. TREES AND SHRUBS. MALLS LANCIFOLIA, Rehd. Malus lancifolia, n. sp. Leaves, ovate-lanceolate to oblong-lanceolate, acute or shortly acuminate at the apex, rounded or broadly cuneate at the base, finely or sometimes more coarsely and frequently doubly serrate, with short teeth pointing forward, and occasionally furnished with a few larger teeth ; when they unfold covered with thin floccose tomentum, soon becoming quite glabrous, bright yellowish green on both sides, from 3.5 to 8 centimetres long, from 1.5 to 3 centimetres broad, with from eight to ten pairs of veins ; petioles slender, slightly villose while young, soon becoming glabrous, from 1 to 2 centimetres in length ; leaves of leading shoots, ovate or oblong-ovate, slightly lobed, more densely pubescent on the lower surface, from 6 to 9 centimetres long and from 4 to 6 centi- metres broad, with thin midribs and five to seven pairs of veins slightly villose even at maturity, their petioles stouter, coated with dense villose tomentum partly persistent until autumn, usually only about 1 centimetre in length ; stipules filiform, pubescent, about 5 millimetres long, early deciduous. Flowers from 3 to 3.5 centimetres in diameter, on slender glabrous pedicels, about 3 centimetres in length, in three- to six-flowered umbel-like racemes ; calyx-tube obconic, glabrous on the outer surface, the lobes oblong-lanceolate, longer than the tube, glabrous on the outer surface, coated with villose tomentum on the inner surface ; petals oval, 1.5 centimetres long, rounded at the apex, abruptly contracted below into a long narrow claw, glabrous, white or rose color; stamens shorter than the petals; styles five, as long as the stamens, densely villose below the middle. Fruit subglobose, from 2.5 to 3 centimetres in diameter, on slender drooping pedicels from 2 to 3 centimetres long, green covered by a waxy exudation. A small tree, sometimes 7 metres high, with a trunk 3.7 decimetres in diameter, and spreading spiny branches forming an open pyramidal head, the branchlets slightly pubescent or nearly gla- brous when they first appear, becoming reddish brown at the end of their first year, older branches covered with a dark brownish gray bark remaining smooth for a long time ; bark of the trunk brownish gray with shallow longitudinal fissures, separating in thin plates and disclosing a brown- ish red inner bark. Winter-buds glabrous, purplish brown. Flowers appear in May. Fruit ripens at the end of September. Pennsylvania : Lackawanna County, Scranton, June 9 and September 20, 1907, November 14, 1910, Spring Brook, A. Twining, May, 1907 (in herb. Arnold Arboretum) ; Munro County, Cranberry Marsh, B. Long and E. B. Bartram, June 1, 1907 (in herb. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila.) ; Crawford County, near Hartshorn, O. E. and G. K. Jennings, May 29 and 31, 1909 (in herb. Carnegie Mus.) ; Somerset County, near Buckstown, attitude from 650 to 800 metres, H. Brown and C. F. Saunders, July 12, 1898, Sand Patch, summit of the Alleghany Mountains, C. F. Saunders, July 9, 1898 (in herb. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila.) ; Alleghany County, T. C.Porter, May 10, 1872 (in herb. Arnold Arboretum), Powers Run, O. E. Jennings and G. E. Kinzer, May 25, 1904, near Herriotsville, 8. W. Knipe, May, 1871, South Fayette, S. W. Knipe, May 15, 1900; Fayette County, Laurelvilla, O. E. Jennings, June 24, 1904; Westmoreland County, Avonmore, K. R. Holmes, May 8, 1901, Hillside Station, O. E. Jennings, May 25, 1907, Hillside Station, O. E. and G. K. Jennings, September 16, 1909 (all in herb. Carnegie Mus.). West Virginia: Randolph County, near Elkins,A Rehder, August 24, 1907 ; Greenbrier County, White Sulphur Springs, A. Rehder, August 31, 1907 (in herb. Arnold Arboretum). Virginia : U2 TREES AND SHRUBS. Pulaski County, along Peak Creek on Peak Mountain, J. K. Small, July 16, 1892. Fayette County, Ohio, Pyle, July 3-8, 1905. Illinois: Wolf Lake, May, 1880 (all in herb. Carnegie Mus.) : Missouri, Jackson County, near Independence, B. F. Bush, May 30 and June 10, 1894 (Nos. 281, 284), near Courtney, May 23, 1894 (No. 283), April 29, 1906-10 (Nos. 283, 3869, 6426), (all in herb. Arnold Arboretum). Malus lancifolia has usually been confounded with Mains angustifolia, which is readily distinguished by its oblong more crenately serrate and usually more coriaceous leaves cuneate at the base and rounded at the apex, at least those on the flowering shoots, by the broader and shorter calyx-lobes, by the pubescence only on the lower third of the style, by the form of the petals which are more gradually narrowed into the claws, and by the globose-ovoid, not depressed- ° ' ' ' Alfkbd Eehder. > Malus coronaria Miller and the allied species, all natives of eastern North America, form a very distinct group of the genus Malus which may be designated as Coronarice, characterized by leaves conduplicate in the bud and more or less lobed at least on vigorous shoots, by the persistent calyx and by the red or reddish anthers and the free apex of the core of the fruit. By the per- sistent calyx they are easily distinguished from Malus fusca Rafinesque of northwestern North America, and from Malus Toringo and its allies from eastern Asia, which also have the leaves conduplicate in the bud with a tendency to become lobed ; by the con- duplicate leaves and by the tendency to lobing the Coronarice are distinguished from all other species of Malus with a persist- ent calyx, which have the leaves convolute in the bud and always unlobed. The Coronaria,, to which belong the two new species here described, Malus coronaria Miller, the type of the group, Malus angustifolia Michaux, and Malus ioensis Britton, are very variable and need more thorough study, but with the material at hand it is impossible to obtain a clear conception of the variation and the range of the different species. Most of the forms are not yet in cultivation and are only incompletely represented in herl a pa t 1 ly the fruits, which apparently present some good characters. I venture, however, to describe the following varieties, of whose relationship there does not seem to be any doubt. Malus coronaria var. Hoopesh, n. var. This differs from the type chiefly in its pubescent calyx, in the oval to elliptic, not or only slightly lobed leaves, and by the larger fruit measuring about 5 centimetres in diameter. This variety is only known in cultivation. It was received at the Ar- nold Arboretum from Iloopes Brothers & Thomas of West Chester, Pennsylvania, in 1876, and has grown into a large tree. The only presumably wild specimen I have seen approaching this variety in its slightly villose calyx is one from Wheeling, West Virginia, G. Guttenberg, May 7, 1878 (in herb. Carnegie Mus.). the base, crenately serrate or, on vigorous shoots, doubly serrate or rarely slightly lobed ; when they unfold sparingly hairy on the upper surface, soon becoming quite glabrous, yellowish green and covered below with a close whitish tomentum more or less persistent until maturity, at least on the veins, from 3 to 6 centimetres long and from 1.5 to 3 centimetres broad ; petioles tomen- tose, from 1 to 1.5 centimetres in length. Flowers about 3 centimetres in diameter on tomentose pedicels in three- to five-flow- ered umbel-like racemes ; calyx tomentose on the outer surface, the lobes narrowly triangular, ovate, attenuated into a glabrous muero about as long as the tube ; petals broadly oval or obovate, rounded at the apex, narrowed at the base into a long claw, about 1.5 centimetres long and 1 centimetre broad ; stamens about half as long as the petals, with purple anthers, shorter than the styles or as long. Fruit subglobose, green at maturity, only very slightly covered with an exudation, from 2.5 to 3 centimetres in diameter. A small slender tree, from 3 to 5 metres high, with stems covered like the spiny zigzag branches with dark gray-brown bark exfoliating in thin plates, exposing the orange or cinnamon-colored inner bark, and stout branchlets densely tomentose when they first appear, becoming glabrous or nearly so at the end of their first season and then reddish or gray-brown. Winter-buds small, with grayish pubescent scales. Missouri : Jasper County, near Webb City, along small streams, E. J. Palmer, September 22, 1901, and April 28, 1909 (No. 1795). This variety differs from the type chiefly in its smaller oblong more thinly pubescent leaves which are rounded at the apex, those of the flowering shoots being only crenately serrate and not lobed. It is named for Mr. E. J. Palmer of Webb City, Mis- souri, who has for several years been actively engaged in collecting and studying the plants of the interesting flora of southwest Malus ioensis var. texana, pi. var. Leaves oval, rarely oblong, irregularly or doubly serrate, on vigorous shoots sometimes ovate or broadly ovate and slightly lobed, or obovate and irregularly doubly serrate, acute or rarely rounded at the apex, and cuneate or rounded at the base; when unfolding slightly floecose above, soon becoming quite glabrous except on the midrib, yellowish green, grayish-tomentose beneath, from 3 to 6 centimetres long and from 1.5 to nearly 4 centimetres broad ; petioles densely tomentose, from 1 to 1 5 centimetres m length ; stipules filiform, villose, about 5 millimetres long. Flowers about 3 centimetres in diameter, on tomentose pedicels from 2 to 2.5 centimetres long in two- to four-flowered umbels ; calyx densely white-tomentose, the lobes triangular-ovate, about EXPLANATION 01 Till-: PLATE !'i mi C'LVIII M TREES AND SHRUBS. 143 as long as the tube ; petals red in bud, becoming light pink when expanding and finally nearly white, broadly oval, rounded at the apex and at the rounded or subcordate base abruptly contracted into a slender claw ; stamens one third shorter than the petals, with purple anthers ; styles shorter than the stamens, villose at the lower third. Fruit subglobose, on slender villose pedicels about 2 centimetres in length, with shallow cavities at the base and apex, crowned by the persistent tomentose calyx-lobes, about 2.5 centimetres in diameter, clothed near the base and the apex with the persistent tomeutum. A small, intricately branched tree, from 4 to 5 metres high, or often a shrub spreading into great thickets, with densely tomen- tose branchlets, becoming glabrescent toward the end of their first year or sometimes not until the second year, and pale red- brown or grayish brown. The bark of the trunk is light gray, peeling off in thin plates, exposing the cinnamon brown inner Texas : Blanco County, /. Reverchon, July, 1885 ; Kendall County, near Boerne, T. H. Hastings, October 7 and October 10, 1910, C. S. Sargent, March 25, 1911 ; Kern County, Kerrville, B. Mackensen, 1910. This variety differs chiefly from the type in its smaller and much broader leaves not at all or only slightly lobed and densely villose even at maturity, and in its often shrubby habit. It marks the southwestern limit of the range of Malus ioensis and of the The variation in Malus ioensis seems to be very wide. Specimens collected by B. F. Bush near Dodson, Missouri (Nos. 744, 746), and near Independence, Missouri (Nos. 754, 758, 759), approach the variety Palmeri, while Bush's specimens from Monteer, Missouri (No. 6099), have the leaves only slightly pubescent, strongly lobed on vigorous shoots, oblong-ovate and only serrate on weaker branches, thus approaching in stages Malus lancifolia; specimens similar to the last were collected by G. W. Letterman near Allenton, Missouri, in 1883. Among the specimens collected in Wisconsin in 1893 by M. E. Gilbreth, J. G. Jack and A. B. Seymour are some with quite glabrous leaves and nearly glabrous branchlets, but the shape of the leaves and of the fruits shows that they belong to Malus ioensis. All these forms need further investigation and study based on more extensive material than C. E. Faxon del. MALI'S LAXCIFOLIA, Rehd. TREES AND SHRUBS. CRATAEGUS VIBUENIFOLIA, Saeg. (Molles.) Crataegus viburnifolia, n. sp. Leaves elliptical to ovate, oval or slightly obovate, acute at the apex, concave-cuneate at the en- tire base, coarsely often doubly serrate, with straight glandular teeth, and slightly and irregularly divided above the middle into two or three pairs of small acute lobes ; more than half-grown when the flowers open about the 20th of March and then thin, yellow-green and roughened above by short white hairs and hoary-tomentose below, and at maturity thick, deep green, very lustrous and sca- brate on the upper surface, coated on the lower surface with matted pale hairs, from G to 9 centimetres long and from 5 to 7 centimetres wide, with prominent midribs and primary veins ; petioles slightly wing-margined at the apex, densely hoary-tomentose early in the season, becoming glabrous, from 1 to 3.5 centimetres in length. Flowers from 1.8 to 2 centimetres in diameter, on long slender tomentose pedicels, in wide lax mostly five- to twelve-flowered corymbs, with large lanceolate to spatulate foliaceous bracts and bractlets slightly serrate above the middle and generally per- sistent until after the petals fall; calyx-tube narrowly obconic, thickly coated with matted white hairs, the lobes gradually narrowed from the base, long, slender acuminate, laciniately glandular- serrate, slightly villose on the outer surface, densely villose on the inner surface, reflexed after anthesis ; stamens twenty; anthers white ; styles four or five. Fruit ripening in October, on long slender drooping slightly hairy pedicels in few-fruited clusters, subglobose, bright canary yellow, from 2 to 2.5 centimetres in diameter; calyx little enlarged, with a wide deep cavity broad and tomentose in the bottom and spreading lobes ; flesh thick, light yellow, soft and succulent ; nutlets four or five, gradually narrowed and rounded at the ends, irregularly ridged on the back, with a broad grooved ridge, from 7 to 8 millimetres long and from 4.5 to 5 millimetres wide. A tree, from 8 to 10 metres high, with a tall trunk sometimes 3 decimetres in diameter, covered with gray scaly bark, large ascending and spreading branches forming an open irregular head, and stout nearly straight unarmed branchlets thickly coated with hoary tomentum when they first appear, becoming purple, lustrous and nearly glabrous at the end of their first season and dark- brown or gray-brown the following year. Borders of woods in low ground, valley of the Brazos River, between Columbia and Brazoria, Brazoria County, Texas, B. F. Bush, September 25, 1901, March 27, 1902, B. F. Bush and G. S. Sargent, March 23, 1909 (No. 11 type, and Nos. 439, 912, 1219, 1516 all in herb. Arnold Arboretum). EXPLANATION OF THE PLATE. Plate CLIX. Ckat^gus viburnifolia. 1. A flowering branch, natural size. 2. Vertical section of a flower, enlarged. 3. A calyx-lobe, enlarged. 4. A fruiting branch, natural size. 5. A nutlet, enlarged. III. Lig. Pl. C. E. Faxon del. rUAT.K<;US VIBURNIFOLIA, Sarg. TREES AND SHRUBS. CEAT^GUS LNTISA, Sarg. (MoUes.) Crataegus invisa, n. sp. Leaves ovate to oval, acute or acuminate at the apex, cuneate or rounded at the base, coarsely often doubly serrate, with broad straight glandular teeth, and slightly divided usually only above the middle into three or four pairs of small acuminate lobes ; when they unfold densely tomentose below and villose above, about one third grown when the flowers open at the end of March and then thin, dark yellow-green and roughened on the upper surface by short white hairs and coated on the lower surface with long matted white hairs, and at maturity thin, yellow-green, scabrate and lustrous above, hairy below on the midribs and veins, from 6 to 7 centimetres long and from 5 to 6 centimetres wide ; petioles slender, slightly wing-margined at the apex, covered with pale hairs early in the season, becoming nearly glabrous, from 1.5 to 2.5 centimetres in length ; leaves on vigorous shoots broadly ovate, acuminate, abruptly cuneate at the wide base, more coarsely serrate, deeply divided into acute lateral lobes, often from 9 to 10 centimetres long and from 8 to 9 centimetres wide, with slender villose petioles from 4 to 4.5 centimetres in length, and lunate coarsely serrate persistent stipules. Flowers from 1.6 to 1.8 centimetres in diameter, on slender pedicels thickly coated like the wide calyx-tube with long matted white hairs, in broad mostly seven- to twelve-flowered corymbs, with small oblong-ob ovate acute bracts and bractlets fading brown and persistent until after the flow- ers open ; calyx-lobes gradually narrowed from the base, short, broad, acuminate, laciniately glandular-serrate, thickly covered with long white hairs on the outer surface, villose above the middle on the inner surface, reflexed after anthesis ; stamens twenty ; anthers white ; styles three to five, surrounded at the base by a wide ring of long white hairs. Fruit ripening in October, on long slender slightly hairy pedicels, in erect or spreading few-fruited clusters, short-oblong, full and rounded at the ends, orange-red, marked by large pale dots, slightly hairy at the ends, from 1 to 1.2 centimetres in diameter ; calyx little enlarged, with a broad shallow cavity pointed in the bot- tom, and spreading lobes dark red on the upper side below the middle and villose toward the apex ; flesh thin, yellow, dry and mealy ; nutlets three to five, rounded at the ends, broader at the apex than at the base, rounded and only slightly grooved on the back, from 5 to 5.5 millimetres long and about 3 millimetres wide, the prominent hypostyle extending below the middle of the nutlet. A tree, sometimes 10 metres high, with a tall trunk covered with dark brown bark broken into small closely appressed plate-like scales, large spreading branches forming a wide irregular head, and stout slightly zigzag branchlets clot^ when they first appear with hoary tomentum, dull gray-brown marked by small pale lenticels and slightly pubescent, or villose on the vigorous shoots, at the end of their first season and dark gray the following year, and unarmed or armed with occasional slender straight chestnut-brown spines from 2.5 to 3 centimetres long. In dense woods on the rich bottom-lands of the Red River at Fulton, Hempstead County, Ar- kansas, B. F. Bush, March 26 and October 4, 1909 (Nos. 5418, 5927 [4 A] type), B. F. Bush and C. S. Sargent, March 26, 1909 (Nos. 4, 4 B), B. F. Bush, April 11, 1905, March 25, 1909 (Nos. 4 C, 4 D), April 11, 1905, March 25, 1909 (Nos. 4 E, 4 F) ; Texarkana, Arkansas, B. F. Bush, April 6, 1905 (No. 4), April 8, 1905 (No. 4 A) ; (all in herb. Arnold Arboretum). c. s. s. EXPLANATION OF THE PLATE. Plate CLX. Crataegus invisa. 1. A flowering branch, natural size. 2. Vertical section of a flower, enlarged. 3. A calyx-lobe, enlarged. 4. A fruiting branch, natural size. 5. A nutlet, enlarged. 6. A leaf from a young vigorous shoot, natural s C. E. Faxon del. CRATAEGUS INVISA, Sarg. TREES AND SHRUBS. CRATAEGUS LIMAEIA, Sarg. (Molles.) Crataegus limaria, n. sp. Leaves ovate, acute, concave-cuneate or rounded at the base, coarsely often doubly serrate with straight broad glandular teeth, and slightly divided into three or four pairs of small acute lateral lobes ; not more than one quarter grown when the flowers open early in April and then thin, yellow- green and covered above with short white hairs and thickly coated below with hoary tomentum, and at maturity thin, light green and scabrate on the upper surface, pale and tomentose on the lower surface, from 6 to 8 centimetres long and from 4 to 7 centimetres wide, with stout midribs and thin primary veins ; petioles slender, slightly wing-margined at the apex, covered at first with long matted white hairs, villose through the season, from 2.5 to 3.5 centimetres in length ; leaves on vigorous shoots broadly ovate, rounded or cordate at the wide base, more deeply lobed and often from 9 to 10 centimetres long and broad. Flowers from 2 to 2.2 centimetres in diameter, on long slender pedicels coated with matted white hairs, in compact fifteen- to twenty-flowered corymbs with conspicuous oblong-obovate acuminate glandular-serrate villose bracts and bractlets persistent until the flowers open, the lower peduncles from the axils of upper leaves ; calyx-tube broadly obconic, thickly covered with white hairs, the lobes gradually narrowed from the base, wide, acuminate, laciniately glandular-serrate, villose, reflexed after anthesis; stamens twenty; anthers white ; styles three to five, surrounded at the base by a narrow ring of pale tomentum. Fruit ripening in October, on long stout erect or spread-hairy pedicels, in few-fruited clusters, oval to ovate or short-oblong, rounded at the apex, truncate at the base, crimson, lustrous, marked by large pale dots, villose especially at the ends, from 1.2 to 1.5 centimetres in diameter; calyx prominent, with a long villose tube, a broad deep cavity tomentose in the bottom and erect villose persistent lobes dark red on the upper surface below the middle, their tips slightly spreading or incurved ; flesh thick, yellow, dry and mealy ; nutlets from 3 to 5, narrowed and rounded at the apex, rounded at the broad base, slightly grooved on the back, from 6.5 to 7 millimetres long and from 4 to 4.5 millimetres wide, the narrow hypostyle extending nearly to the base of the nutlet. A tree, often 10 metres high, with a tall trunk from 2 to 3 decimetres in diameter, covered with dark scaly bark, stout ascending branches forming a narrow irregular head, and slender zigzag branchlets thickly coated when they first appear with long white hairs, light orange-brown, lustrous, pubescent, and marked by pale lenticels at the end of their first season, dull gray-brown and glabrous the following year, and armed with slender straight or slightly curved purple ulti- mately ashy gray spines from 5 to 6 centimetres long. In dense woods on the rich bottom-lands of the Red River at Fulton, Hempstead County, Arkansas, B.F. Bush, April 5 and October 4, 1909 (No. 3 A type), April 5, 1909 (Nos. 3, 3 B, 3 C, 3 E, 3 F) (all in herb. Arnold Arboretum). c. s. s. EXPLANATION OF THE PLATE. Plate CLXI. Ceat^gus limaria. 1. A flowering branch, natural size. 2. Vertical section of a flower, enlarged 3. A calyx-lobe, enlarged. 4. A fruiting branch, natural size. 5. A nutlet, natural size. III. Lig. Pl. C. E. Faxon del. CRATAEGUS LIMARIA, Sarg TREES AND SHRUBS. PBU^US EETICULATA, Sarg. Prunus (Prunophora) reticulata, n. sp. Leaves oblong-ovate to slightly obovate or elliptical, gradually or abruptly narrowed and acuminate at the apex, rounded or cuneate and frequently slightly unsymmetrical at the entire base often furnished above the insertion of the petiole on each side with a small stipitate gland, and coarsely, often doubly serrate above, with broad, straight, or slightly incurved apiculate teeth ; at maturity light yellow-green and roughened by short white hairs on the upper surface, lighter- colored and soft-pubescent on the lower surface, from 6 to 9 centimetres long and from 3 to 5.5 cen- timetres wide, with stout midribs and slender primary veins covered with long pale or rusty hairs, and numerous prominent reticulate veinlets deeply impressed on the upper side of the leaf ; petioles stout, pubescent, glandular at the apex, with one or two collateral dark stipitate glands, or eglan- dular, about 1.5 centimetres in length. Flowers from 1.4 to 1.5 centimetres in diameter, fragrant, appearing before the leaves, on slender villose pedicels from 5 to 7 millimetres in length, in mostly three- to five-flowered umbels ; calyx-tube narrowly obconic, coated below with long matted pale hairs and pubescent above the middle, the lobes entire, narrow and rounded or acute and occasion- ally slightly lobed at the apex, thickly coated with long pale matted hairs, reflexed after anthesis ; petals white, nearly orbicular, gradually narrowed at the base ; anthers yellow. Fruit on slightly hairy pedicels, subglobose, dull red, covered by a thick white bloom, from 1.8 to 2.2 centimetres in diame- ter, with a thick hard skin and thin bitter astringent flesh ; stone suborbicular, compressed, rounded at the base, narrowed and rounded or acute and slightly ridged at the apex, thin and obscurely ridged on the dorsal edge, deeply or only slightly grooved on the thin ventral edge, from 1.3 to 1.5 centimetres long and nearly as broad. A tree, from 10 to 12 metres high, with a tall trunk covered with dark scaly bark, large spread- ing and ascending branches forming an irregular head, and slender glabrous branchlets dull yellow- brown early in their first season, becoming bright chestnut-brown, very lustrous and marked by numerous small reticulate pale lenticels in their first winter, and dark gray-brown the following year ; winter-buds acute, their scales acute, dark red, ciliate on the margins, 3 or 4 millimetres long; leaf-scars horizontal, prominent, pubescent on the rim, displaying three fibro-vascular bundle-scars, the central scar more prominent than the others. Flowers about the middle of March. Fruit ripens late in September and in October. Grayson County, Texas, in the neighborhood of Denison, on uplands and near the borders of river bottoms, common. T. V. Munson and C. S. Sargent, March 25 and October 1, 1909, T. V. Munson, June 23, 1910 (No. 4, type), two miles west of Sherman, T. V. Munson, Sep- tember, 1910 (all in herb. Arnold Arboretum). This is one of several Texas tree plums which usually have heen confounded with Prunus americuna, Marshall. They differ from that species, however, in the shape of the stone of the fruit and in the fact that they do not produce suckers, which is one of the characteristics of Prunus americana and its allies. From other American plum trees Prunus reticulata differs in its thick leaves with conspicuous reticulate veinlets. The first account of this tree appeared in Munson's Forests and Forest Trees of Texas issued in July, 1883, in Hough's American Journal of Forestry, p. 443, where it is doubtfully referred on the authority of Mr. Thomas Meehan to Prunus umbellata, Elliott, and where it is pointed out that it could not be, as had usually been supposed, Prunus americana, and that it did not agree with the published description of Prunus umbellata. Further investigation is needed to determine the variation and distribution of this tree, which probably has a wide range in northern and central Texas. C. S. S. EXPLANATION OF THE PLATE. Plate CLXII. Pruntts reticulata. 1. A flowering branch, natural size. 2. Vertical section of a flower, enlarged. 3. A calyx-lobe, enlarged. 4. A petal, enlarged. 5. A fruiting branch, natural size. 6. A stone, side view, natural size. 7. A stone, dorsal edge, natural size. 8. A winter branchlet, natural size. C. E. Faxon del. I'Rl'Xl'S UKTHTLATA. Sar 3 TREES AND SHRUBS. PRUNUS TENUIFOLIA, Saeg. Prunus (Prunophora) tenuifolia, n. sp. Leaves oblong to oblong-obovate or elliptical, gradually narrowed and acute or acuminate and often abruptly long-pointed at the apex, cuneate or narrowed and rounded at the base, and finely often doubly serrate, with teeth pointing to the apex of the leaf ; at maturity thin, dark yellow- green and sparingly covered above with short soft white hairs, paler and soft-pubescent below especially on the slender yellow midribs and seven or eight pairs of thin primary veins connected by occasional cross veinlets, from 8 to 10 centimetres long and from 3 to 5 centimetres wide ; petioles slender, pubescent, becoming puberulous or nearly glabrous, glandular near the apex, with one to three prominent dark glands or eglandular. Flowers 2 centimetres in diameter, on slender pedicels furnished near the apex with a few long white hairs, and from 1 to 2 centimetres in length, in two- to four-flowered sessile umbels ; calyx-tube narrowly obconic, glabrous with the exception of occasional long scattered white hairs near the base, their lobes narrow, entire or minutely dentate near the rounded apex, ciliate on the margins, pubescent on the outer surface, densely villose on the inner surface, reflexed after anthesis ; petals white, ovate-oblong, narrowed and rounded at the apex, crenulate above the middle, gradually narrowed below into a short claw ; anthers yellow. Fruit on stout slightly hairy or glabrous pedicels, oblong or oblong-obovate, red, covered with a thick glaucous bloom, from 1.5 to 1.8 centimetres long and from 1.2 to 1.4 centi- metres in diameter, with a thick skin and thin flesh ; stone oblong, compressed, pointed at the ends, slightly sulcate at the apex, unsymmetrical, ridged on the full and rounded dorsal edge, with a broad thin ridge, thin nearly straight and only slightly grooved on the ventral edge, from 1.5 to 1.7 centimetres long and about 1.2 centimetres wide. A tree, often 10 metres high, with a tall trunk usually about 3 but occasionally as much as 4.5 decimetres in diameter, covered like the stout spreading branches with thick pale gray bark broken into long thick plate-like scales, and stout or slender glabrous branchlets light orange- green when they first appear, becoming light gray or reddish brown and lustrous at the end of their first season and dark dull reddish brown the following year. Flowers from the middle to the end of March. Fruit ripens in June. Dry oak woods between Jacksonville and Larissa, Cherokee County, Texas, C. S. Sargent, March 24, 1910 (No. 2 type), T. V. Munson, May 18, 1910 ; Larissa, C. S. Sargent, March 24, 1910 (No. 6 with stout branchlets), T. V. Munson, May 18, 1910 ; in low ground and rich soil near Mt. Selma, Cherokee County, Texas, T. V. Munson, May 18, 1910. Prunus tenuifolia is well distinguished by the pale deeply furrowed bark of the trunk and young branches, by the thin leaves and by the occasional long hairs on the pedicels and at the base of the calyx-tubes. The oblong-obovate fruit and the thin flat stone differ in shape from those of the other Texas tree plums. c. s. s. EXPLANATION OF THE PLATE. Plate CLXIII. Prunus tenuifolia. 1. A flowering branch, natural size. 2. Vertical section of a flower, enlarged. 3. A calyx-lobe, enlarged. 4. A petal, enlarged. 5. A fruiting branch, natural size. 6. A stone, side view, natural size. 7. A stone, dorsal edge, natural size. PRUNUS TENUIFOLIA, Sarg. TREES AND SHRUBS. PRITNTTS POLYAKDRA, Sarg. Pkunus (Prunophora) polyandra, n. sp. Leaves oblong-elliptical or slightly obovate, gradually narrowed and acuminate or abruptly long-pointed at the apex, narrowed and rounded or occasionally cuneate at the base and coarsely doubly serrate, with straight glandular teeth ; at maturity thin, dark green, smooth and glabrous on the upper surface, light yellow-green and coated below with pale pubescence most abundant on the slender midribs and thin primary veins connected by slender cross veinlets, from 1.8 to 2.2 centimetres long and from 4 to 4.5 centimetres wide ; petioles slender, pubescent, glandular at the apex, with from one to three large stipitate glands, from 1.2 to 1.4 centimetres in length. Flow- ers from 2.2 to 2.3 centimetres in diameter, appearing before the leaves, on slender glabrous pedicels about 1 centimetre in length, in mostly three- to five-flowered sessile or short-peduncu- late umbels ; calyx-tube narrowly obconic, glabrous, the lobes acute or acuminate and occasionally laciniately lobed near the apex, pubescent or glabrous on the outer surface, coated with pale tomentum on the inner surface, reflexed after anthesis ; petals white, obovate, rounded at the apex, gradually narrowed below into a short claw ; stamens as many as thirty-six, the longest one third longer than the elongated style ; anthers yellow. Fruit on stout peduncles, subglobose, often slightly broader than high, bright red, lustrous, with a slight glaucous bloom, from 1.8 to 2 centimetres in diameter ; stone obovate, pointed at the apex, gradually narrowed, acute at the base, more or less compressed, unsymmetrical, nearly straight and slightly grooved on the ven- tral edge, rounded and prominently ridged on the dorsal edge, from 1.2 to 1.5 centimetres long and from 8 to 10 millimetres wide. A tree, from 7 to 10 metres high, with a tall trunk often 3 decimetres in diameter, covered with dark deeply furrowed scaly bark, stout branches forming an irregular head, and slender glabrous brancblets dull reddish brown and marked by pale lenticels in their first winter and dull gray-brown the following year. Flowers appear late in May. Fruit ripens about the first of July and does not entirely fall before the first of October. Rich woods, Fulton, Hempstead County, common ; J. H. Kellogg, March 27, June 31 and August 31, 1910 (Nos. 247 type, 241 with fewer stamens). The specimens with young fruit collected at Fulton by B. F. Bush, April 25, 1901 (No. 184) and April 20, 1902 (No. 1387), are probably of this species, as is perhaps the specimen collected by him in Texarkana, Arkansas, April 8, 1905, also in young fruit (No. 2257). A specimen with leaves only, collected by Mr. Bush near Monteer, in Shannon County, Missouri, August 25, 1894 (No. 238), also probably belongs here, as do perhaps his numbers 1489 with young fruit and 4901 with leaves only from Monteer, and his No. 621 from Marshall, Texas, August 8, 1901, with leaves only (all in herb. Arnold Arboretum). C. S. S. EXPLANATION OF THE PLATE. Plate CLXIV. Pruntjs polyandra. 1. A flowering branch, natural size. 2. Vertical section of a flower, enlarged. 3. A calyx-lobe, enlarged. 4. A petal, enlarged. 5. A fruiting branch, natural size. 6. A stone, side view, natural size. 7. A stone, dorsal edge, enlarged. C. E. Faxon del. PRUNUS POLYANDRA, Sarg. TREES AND SHRUBS. PRUNUS AEKANSANA, Sarg. Prtjnus (Prunophora) i Leaves ovate to elliptical or obovate, abruptly long-pointed and acuminate at the apex, rounded or rarely cuneate and often glandular at the base, and finely doubly serrate, with slender apiculate straight or slightly incurved teeth ; at maturity thick, dark yellow-green, glabrous and lustrous on the upper surface, paler and sparingly covered on the lower surface with long soft white hairs most abundant on the prominent midribs and primary veins and on the numerous conspicuous reticu- late veinlets, from 4.5 to 9 centimetres long and from 3 to 4.5 centimetres wide ; petioles stout, pubescent or puberulous, glandular at the apex, with large dark glands, or eglandular, from 1 to 1.5 centimetres in length. Flowers appearing before the leaves, 2.5 centimetres in diameter, on slender glabrous pedicels in three- or four-flowered sessile umbels; calyx-tube narrowly obconic, glabrous, the lobes short, rounded and lacerate at the apex, ciliate and sparingly glandular, with small sessile glands on the margins, puberulous on the outer surface, hoary-tomentose on the inner surface, reflexed after anthesis; petals white, ovate, rounded at the narrow apex, crenu- late, gradually narrowed below into a short claw, about three times as long as the calyx-lobes; style longer than the stamens. Fruit short-oblong, rounded at the ends, dark purplish red with a slight glaucous bloom and thick succulent flesh, from 3 to 3.5 centimetres long and from 2.6 to 3 centimetres in length ; stone oblong, much compressed, un symmetrical, narrowed and rounded at the base, acute and often short-pointed at the apex, ridged on the rounded dorsal edge, with a broad thin ridge, thin, less rounded and grooved on the ventral edge, from 2.7 to 2.9 centimetres long and from 1.2 to 1.3 centimetres wide. A tree, from 7 to 8 metres high, with a trunk sometimes 3 decimetres in diameter, stout branches forming an open irregular head, and slender glabrous branchlets light orange-brown, very lustrous and marked by dark lenticels during their first winter and dull gray-brown the following year. Winter-buds ovate, acute, glabrous, from 4 to 5 millimetres long. Flowers from the middle to the end of March. Fruit ripens at the end of June. Rich woods, Prescott, Nevada County, Arkansas, J. H. Kellogg, March 23 and June 24, 1910 (Nos. 243 type and 244), Fulton, Hempstead County, Arkansas, -/. H. Kellogg, March 21 and August 30, 1910 (No. 242, with later ripening fruit). Specimens collected by Kellogg at Prescott on March 26 and June 25, 1910 (No. 245), with more pubescent leaves, slightly villose pedicels, globose, bright red fruit not more than 2.5 centimetres in diameter and a less compressed stone, should per- haps be considered a form of this species. Prunus arkansana seems to be well distinguished from the last species from the same region by its thicker more conspicuously reticulate leaves, the character of the pubescence on their lower surface, in the shape of the stone of the fruit and the color of the branchlets. 1 C. S. S. 1 The following shrubby species may be characterized: — Prunus (Frunophora) venulosa, n. sp. Leaves lanceolate, gradually or abruptly narrowed and acuminate at the apex, narrowed and rounded or cuneate at the base, and finely often doubly serrate, with slightly incurved or straight apiculate teeth ; at maturity conspicuously reticulate-venulose, thin, dark yellow-green, smooth and lustrous on the upper surface, pale below, from 5 to 6 centimetres long and from 2 to 2.5 centimetres wide, with slender midribs and primary veins covered on their lower surface with short, white erect hairs ; petioles slender, dark red, pubescent, glandular near the apex, from 1 to 1.2 centimetres in length. Flowers appearing before the leaves, from 6 to 7 millimetres in diameter, on slender sparingly villose pedicels from 4 to 5 millimetres long, in mostly three- or four- 158 TREES AND SHRUBS. flowered sessile umbels ; calyx broadly obconie, villose, the lobes narrowed and rounded at the apex, glandular and ciliate margins, villose on the outer surface, slightly hairy on the inner surface, spreading after anthesis ; petals nearly orbii.,,1 ^ ** at the apex, narrowed below into a short slender claw ; anthers yellow. Fruit on slender glabrous pedicels, J^hb^T^ slightly longer than broad, crimson covered with a glaucous bloom, about 1.5 centimetres in diameter, with thin hard skinT^-' acrid flesh ; stone oval to nearly orbicular, more or less flattened, narrowed and rounded at the base, short-pointed at th nearly symmetrical on the two edges or sometimes fuller on the dorsal edge compressed into a wide thin ridge, rounded 1^ slightly grooved on the ventral suture, about 1 centimetre long and from 7 to 8 millimetres broad. Md ^ A shrub, from 1 to 2 metres high, with small, dark red-brown stems spreading into wide dense thickets, slender branchlet, r 1 red-brown and pubescent or puberulous in their first season and dull red-brown and glabrous the following year and oft f with short spreading spurlike lateral branchlets. Flowers the end of March. Fruit ripens about the middle of June"" ^^ Roadsides and fields near Denison, Grayson County, Texas, not common, T. V. Munson, March 13, May 22 and T 1910, T. V. Munson and C. S. Sargent, March 20 and 21, 1910 (No. 2 type) (in herb. Arnold Arboretum). 1 This species and the next are known in Texas as Hog Plums on account of their bitter fruit, in distinction to thp fV t Plums, which produce edible fruits. n ^°n to the Chickasaw Prunus (Prunophora) Reverchonii, n. sp. Leaves lanceolate, gradually narrowed and long-acuminate at the apex, rounded and sometimes glandular at the base and finely often doubly crenulate-serrate, with apiculate teeth ; when they unfold slightly hairy above and coated below with lone matted J hairs, and at maturity thin yellow-green, glabrous with the exception of small axillary tufts of pubescence, from 4 5 to 8 centime^ long and from 2 to 2.5 centimetres wide, with slender midribs and primary veins connected by thin reticulate cross veinlets • petiol ' slender, pubescent when they first appear, soon becoming glabrous, glandular near the apex, from 1 to 1.4 centimetres in jLtt" stipules linear glandular serrate, about 1 centimetre long, caducous. Flowers appearing with the leaves, about 1.2 centime^' diameter, on slender glabrous pedicels from 6 to 8 millimetres in length, in sessile mostly three- or four-flowered umbels ; calyx-tabe narrowly obconie, glabrous, the lobes narrow, acuminate, glandular on the margins, slightly pubescent on the outer surface villose pubescent on the inner surface, reflexed after anthesis; petals white, oblong-obovate, rounded at the apex, gradually narrowed below into a long claw ; stamens twenty to twenty-five, about as long as the style ; anthers yellow. Fruit on short pedicels, sub- globose, from 1.5 to 1.8 centimetres in diameter, red or amber color, with a thick skin and thin acid flesh ; stone oval, more or less compressed, narrowed and rounded or pointed at the base, narrowed and usually abruptly short-pointed at the apex, nearly S y, metrical on the two edges, broadly ridged «- *«— ■>— — ' ~ J ~~ "- 1 J ■ metres long and from 6 to 7 millimetres sal edge, thin and barely gro brfnlt? r°,7 \ u g ' USUallj mUCh SmaUer ' With er6Ct 8temS 8 P readin S int ° 8raa11 thickets > <»"* lender glabrous b^nchethght orange-brown when they first appear, bright chestnut-brown and very lustrous and marked by small klar sninlZ H 1T S m? ^ Jear ' beCOming dul1 reddi8h br0WD the followin g 8eason > and occasionally furnished with short spme cent lateral branchlets Flowers from the middle to the end of Mar,l, I Y,u, ,„,,„- ,„ J , and July. Texas T- hhl I f 6 t lta u b !i tWeen F ° rt C ° bb Snd F ° rt Arbuckle > E - Pal ™ r > 1868 (■" herl >- ^t. Mus teste W. F. W&). lexas . on rich black soil near the borders of streams and swamps and on the orairies of nnrthnm nnd , P ntrsl T» ra * „»,. H™ 910 } rls « TfJ it"?? P rl (N ° S - 4573 ' 4377 ' 4380) ' Dear Denis °"' Gra y-» Co ""ty, T. V Munson, May and June, Dall Coinl « ' ^'J'J^Z' ^ * 191 ° (N °- ^ W ' R W »* Au ^ 6 - ^(Noa. 4553,46^6 2^ 2 ST. oak raff S " n n m J \f VerChm ' March and Apri1 ' 1880 V* «). March < A P ril and 0ctober > im ( Nos - iS^No \{ WFw' n ' S ' MatthewS ' S y^ T - V- Munson and C. S. Sargent, March 23, T. V. Munson, June 1, No A) W F w7nui Tf ^n 91 " (N °- ^ ' *"• EeaneWa *"* T ' V ' M »™ ^ T V ^~ a "<* C. S. Sargent, March 23, 1910 (No, 5, 8), 1910 CNo 4589^ • „„, t . l VTV, '*"' Lam Pa«as County, T. V. Munson, Manh II, 1910, W. F. Wight, August 13, 1910 No ^k;TlS7:;f Re 5 R ^ March i 5 a " d May 21, UttO ; K,, v,„,, K „ , j ,, MaCensen, March 23, S. H.Hastings, May 7 ',1910.' ' C ° Unty ' & Mack ™™> ^ ^ '»>«> (*»■ ■-') J near San Antonio, Bixar County, IhaveaLoctSSt^^ I take this opportun ty to exST 7v ^- wu'T "" ^ th6 ^^ Whidl ! have 8een " who has careMl7investi^Tev er al of th Td S ? ^ ^ R Wight ° f ^ United StateS "V - ° f ^1 T is engaged in the prepara&n o fl T , , n W ° f the United State » with refer «" ce *» ^ eir cultivated varieties, and who and S cultivation ^IftTe l at T^f ° f PfUnUS ' 3nd *° Mr ' T ' V ' Mun80 "' auth " r <' f ™«y »«P° rtant works ° D ^ ^ tion, the great help they have given me in this preliminary study of the Texas Plum™ Pkunus GEnjculata, Harper, Torreya, ii. 64 (1911). •Pe^^j^e^^^ 1 !? ° n Sh ° rt 8pUr,ike lateral branchlets, elliptical, rounded or acute and apiculate at the eglandular, JLJZ^Z^^*™*™ { «™>"* «• one or on both sides with a large red gland, or occasion*^ tnin, glabrous, light yellow-green and l^ous^ TREES AND SHRUBS. 159 from 8 to 12 millimetres wide, or on leading shoots sometimes 2.5 centimetres long and from 1 to 1.2 centimetres wide, with thin midribs tad very obscure primary veins ; petioles slender, bright red, puWulous. from 1 to 5 millimetres in length ; stipules linear, glandular-serrate, scarious, caducous. Flowers from 1 to 1 .2 centimetres in diameter, solitary, sessile ou short lateral leafy branches covered with imbricated scales ; calyx-tube broadly oboonic, glabrous, the lobes short, broad-ovate, ciliate on the margins, glabrous on the outer surface, puberulous on the inner surface, reflexed after anthesis ; petals pale pink, ovate to obovate, narrowed and rounded at the apex, contracted below into a short claw, undulate above the middle ; stamens about twenty, rather shorter than the style; anthers yellow ; ovary glabrous. Fruit short-oblong or slightly obovate, acute and abruptly short-pointed at the apex, rounded at t lie base, red, from 1.3 to 1.4 centimetres long and 1 centimetre in diameter, with a thick skin becoming conspicuously reticulata in drying and thin dry spongy flesh closely adherent to the stone ; stone oval in outline, nearly symmetrical on the two edges, only slightly flattened, thickened and ridged, with a broad low rounded slightly two-furrowed ridge on the dorsal edge, acute, without a groove on the ventral edge, from 1.1 to 1.2 centimetres long and about 1 centimetre wide, the an d oa ar p tlm,. light ..nmge-brown and very lustrous on the inner surfae, ■: seed tilling the cavity of the stone, rounded and symmetrical at the base, acute and abruptly short-pointed at the apex ; testa thin, light chestnut-brown, striate, the raphe conspicuous ; chalaza small, depressed, dark- colored. A low shrub, with small dark reddish brown stems and slender conspicuously zigzag branchiate light ml and puberulous when they first appear, dark gray-brown the following year, and furnished with long slander horilOntaJ lateral Ipiu anient braiiohlets bearing numerous short leaf- and flower-producing spurlike branchlets. Florida : Killarney, Orange Countv, Otto Yesterhmd, March and May, 1889 (type for the flowers) (in herb. Cray) ; high sand hills south of Minneola, Lake County, common in pine woods, R. M. Harper, April 17, 1909 (No. 31 type for the fruit) (in herb. Arnold Arboretum and in herb. Gray). Among the species of true Plums (Prunophora) this plant is peculiar in its solitary sessile flowers. Such flowers are not uncommon in Emplectocladus, but with its glabrous ovary and fruit Primus sessiiijtora cannot be united with that section of the genus, which with the other Amygdahv is distinguished by its pubescent fruits. Prunus tkxana, Dietr. This name should apparently be taken up for the small Texas shrubby Prunus which has usually been called Prunus glandu- losa, Torrey & Gray, this name having been previously applied by Thunberg to > Japanese species whirl, later was confounded with Prunus japonica, Thunberg. The synonymy of this Texas Plum thus becomes,— Prunus tkxana, Dietrich, Syn. PI iii. 45 (1843). Amygdalus glandulosa, Hooker, Icon. iii. t. 288 (1840). Prunus glandulosa (Hooker), Torrey & Gray, Fl. N. Am. i. 408 (not Thunberg) (1840). Prunus Hooheri, C. K. Schneider, III. Handb. Laubholzk. i. 597 (1906). EXPLANATION OF THE PLATE. Plate CLXV. Pkunus akkansana. 1. A flowering branch, natural size. 2. Vertical section of a flower, enlarged. 3. A calyx-lobe, enlarged. 4. A petal, enlarged. 5. A fruiting branch, natural size. 6. A stone, side view, natural size. 7. A stone, dorsal edge, natural size. C. E. Faxon del. PEUXUS AIIKANSAXA, Sarg. TREES AND SHRUBS. PICRAMXIA, Sw. (Simarubaceae.) Picramnia, Swartz, Prodr. 27 (1783-88). — Schreber, Gen. 687. — Meissner, Gen. 75. — Endlicher, Gen. 1138. — Bentham & Hooker, Gen. i. 315. — Engler & Prantl, Pflanzenfam. iii. pt. iv. 228. Tariri, Aublet, Hist. PL Guian. Suppl. ii. 37 (1775). Brasiliastrum, Lamarck, Diet. i. 462 (1783). Brasilium, Gmelin, Syst. ii. 417 (1791). Trees and shrubs, with bitter principles and slender terete brancblets. Leaves alternate, un- equally pinnate, persistent, the leaflets subopposite to alternate, entire. Flowers dicecious, occa- sionally perfect, small, glomerate on long pendulous spikes or racemes opposite the leaves; calyx three- to five-parted, the lobes imbricated in the bud, rarely wanting ; stamens from three to five, opposite the petals, inserted under the lobed depressed disk, in the pistillate flower reduced to linear scales, or wanting ; filaments naked ; anthers two-celled, introrse, the cells opening longitudinally ; ovary inserted on the disk, two- or three-celled, rudimentary in the staminate flower; style two- or three-lobed, the lobes recurved and stigmatic on the inner surface, or crowned by a two- or three- lobed sessile stigma ; ovules two in each cell, collateral, attached at the inner angle of the cell near its apex, anatropous, raphe narrow ; micropyle superior. Fruit baccate, oblong to oblong-obovate, two- or by abortion one-celled, the cells one-seeded ; seeds filling the cavity of the cell, plano- convex, pendulous from the apex of the cell ; hilum minute, apical, the raphe conspicuous ; testa membranaceous, adherent to the exalbuminous undivided embryo ; radicle superior, inconspicuous. Picramnia, with about twenty species, is confined to the tropical and subtropical regions of the New World, one species extending into the southern part of Florida. The bitter principle in the plants of this genus makes the bark of several of them useful in domestic remedies. The generic name, from m/cpos and ffdfjLvo?, is in reference to this bitter principle. TREES AND SHRUBS. PICRAMNIA PENTAKDRA, Sw. Picramnia pbntandba, Swartz, Fl. Ind. Occ. i. 220, t. 4 (1797). — De Candolle, Prodr. ii. 66. — A. Richard, Ess. Fl. He Cub. 379 ; Fl. Cub. i. 156. — Grisebach, Fl. Brit. W. Ind. 140.— Maze, Fl. Guadeloupe, 29. — Duss, Ann. Inst. Col. Marseille, hi. 142 (Fl. Phaner. Antill. Franc.). — Chapman, Fl. ed. 3, 70. — Robinson, Gray Syn. Fl. N. Am. i. pt. i. 379. — Small, Fl. Southeastern U. S. 680. — Britton & Shafer, N. Am. Trees, 585, f . 540. Picramnia micrantha, Tulasne, Ann. Sci. Nat. ser. 3, vii. 262 (1847). Leaves from 2 to 3 decimetres in length, with slender rachises, five- to nine-foliate, the leaflets ovate-oblong, abruptly acuminate, gradually narrowed and cuneate at the base, coriaceous, gla- brous, dark green, lustrous on the upper surface, petiolulate, from 2 to 2.5 centimetres long and from 1 to 1.5 centimetres wide, with thickened slightly revolute margins, prominent midribs, thin primary veins and slender reticulate veinlets ; petioles stout, from 2 to 3 centimetres in length, that of the terminal leaflet slender and from 1 to 1.5 centimetres long. Flowers green, in slender pu- bescent racemes from 1.5 to 2 decimetres in length ; calyx five-lobed, the lobes oblong-ovate, acu- minate, coated on the outer surface with pale hairs ; petals five, hirsute, acuminate, narrower and longer than the calyx-lobes ; stamens five, wanting in the pistillate flower ; filaments slender, gla- brous, exserted ; anthers short-oblong, obtuse; stigma sessile, two- or three-lobed. Fruit red, be- coming nearly black when fully ripe, from 1 to 1.2 millimetres long and from 7 to 8 millimetres in diameter ; seeds light brown and lustrous. A shrub or slender tree, in Florida occasionally 6 or 7 millimetres high, with a straight trunk from 10.5 to 10.8 centimetres in diameter, covered with thin close yellowish brown bark, light yellow-green or pale brown branchlets slightly pubescent during their first season ; or often a shrub. 1 Florida : Dade County, Miami, between Bay Biscayne and the Everglades, A. P. Garber, 1877 (in herb. Gray), A. H. Curtiss (No. 441) ; Miami, J. H. Simpson, March, 1892 ; Everglades near Miami, G. L. Fawcett, September, 1908 ; Cocoanut Grove, Miss O. Rodham, May, 1910. Bahama Islands near Nassau, A. H. Curtiss (No. 49), January 25, 1903. Porto Rico, A. A. Heller, December, 1902 (No. 6264). Tobago, Eggers, October, 1889 (No. 5601). Colombia, H. H. Smith, May, 1898-1901 (No. 404) (all in herb. Arnold Arboretum). c. s. s. 1 In the neighborhood of Miami Mr. G. L. Fawcett, scientific assistant in plant pathology, Department of Agriculture, has no- ticed two distinct forms of Picramnia pentandra, one with narrower darker green leaflets more attenuated at the ends, dark red or maroon fruit usually about 9 millimetres long, and light gray branches. On the other form the leaflets are broader and light green; the fruit is bright red, often 1.3 centimetres in length, and is borne on stouter pedicels, and the branches are light brown. EXPLANATION OF THE PLATE. Plate CLXVI. Picramnia pentandka. 1. A staminate inflorescence, natural size. 2. A staminate flower, enlarged. 3. Vertical section of a staminate flower, enlarged. 4. A pistillate inflorescence, natural size. 5. A pistillate flower, enlarged. 6. Vertical section of a pistillate flower, enlarged. 7. A fruiting branch, natural size. 8. A fruit divided transversely, enlarged. 9. Vertical section of a fruit, enlarged. 10. A seed showing the raphe, enlarged. PICKAMNIA PENTAXDEA, Sw. TREES AND SHRUBS. ILEX KRUGIANA, L